Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutSWP2703693_2 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL II Strander Boulevard Stormwater Pump Station 7350 S. 163rd St Tukwila, WA 98055 City of Renton 09/ 30/ 2014 Contractor: Guy F. Atkinson Construction, LLC 707 S. Grady Way, Ste. 500 Renton, WA 98057 Engineer: Keith R. Woolley City of Renton Transportation 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 • TABLE OF CONTENTS System Tab Volume I FireAlarm System.....................................................................................A Flowmeter (Calibration Kit in blue nylon bag)..............................................B Genset Backup Power Supply.....................................................................0 LevelTransducer.......................................................................................D Pumps......................................................................................................E Valves......................................................................................................F Volume II Mechanical/HVAC......................................................................................A • Motor Control Center (MCC).......................................................................B Plumbing..................................................................................................0 • ' Inc. 6917 166th Ave E Sumner, WA 98390 f i b- ib Cua',,tentsn, VOI.0 r1 E Section 1: Specification Section 7-16.31(G); 2.01-Group I Technical Data Package a) Service disconnect switch b) Wiring Diagram Section 2: Specification Section 7-16.31(P); 2.03(P)-Group I Technical Data Package a) Load Sank Instruction Manual b) Wiring Diagram Section 3: Specification Section 7-16.31(3); 2.01-Group I 'Technical Data • Package a) Electrical utility meter enclosure b) Wiring Diagram Section 4: Specification Section 7-16.31,1M); 2.01-Group I Technicac Dwta Package a) Pump Station Lighting Al, A21 A3 b) Wiring Diagram Section 5: Specification Section 7-13.31(IN); 2.01-Group I Technical Data Package a) Mechanical Control Center b) Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor c) Powermonitor 3000 Display Module d) SMC Flex controller e) Arc Fiash Protection f) Series B Ethernet ;;ommanications g) Reversing Contactor h) Electronic Digital 6-Digit Counter i) One line Diagrams j) Wiring Diagram Section 6: Specification Section 7-16.31(R ):2.01-Group I Technica! Data Package a) Smoke Detectors b) Intrusion Alarm Switch is Keyed Switch Box df) Wiring Diagram • Section 7: Specification Section 7-16.31(R );2.02-Group I Technical Data Package a) Flood Switches b) Wastewater Level Float Switches c) Submersible Level Transmitter d) Wiring Diagram Section 8: Specification Section 7-16.31(R );2.03-Group I Technical Data Package a) Wall-Mounted Cooling Thermostat b) Wall-Mounted Heating Thermostat c) Wiring Diagram Section 9: Specification Section 7-16.31(T);2.01-Group I Technical Data Package a) Antenna b) Antenna Cable c) Wiring Diagram Section 10: Specification Section 8-20.3(13)A; Group 1 Technical Data Package a) Luminaire Poles b) Wiring Diagram and Location Map Section 11: Specification Section 9-29.10: Group I Technical Data Package a) Roadway Luminaires • b) Bridge Mounted Light Fixtures c) Wiring Diagram • Air Commodities Inc Submittal STRANDER BOULEVARD EXTENSION 1►f �critrer I QMark- Job no-me ; Strander Boulevard Extension Phase I, Segrent 2A Locatiox Renton WA Contrad er Johansen Mechanical — _-- 4rd�itrrt Ber er ABAM - • F-VEN'wff RH2 En ' eers Planners&Scientists Predueft Electric Heater By:Bract Kunning Jane 8, 2012 6100 a Ave Sow.&wWe WA 98108•(206) 76.2600•Far(206) 767-4815 7'0f pree(800)875-2473•www air-c0mw0&des.con" • s � � • Air Commodities Inc Submittal STRANDER BOULEVARD EXTENSION ,t�aa�t arhrrn �Sar� Job name Strander Boulevard Exwnsian Phase I. Segmrnt 2A Location Rcn WA • Con&sder Johan='Mechanical Archked Berger ABAM KPr x " eer R 12 En ,eers,Plarnars&Scientists odxds ; Electric Heater By:Bruce Running 6100 a Ave Soak,Seattle WA 98108•(206) 767-26W•Far(206) 7674815 Tall=,Free(8W)875-2473 •www.air-con+wrtes cony • SUBMITTAL SHEET a QMMK Mull SERIES = AY^a;�=W ftdipft&sW HORIZONTALNERTiCAL UNIT HEATERS rn iA C@a R I = 0 File#Ul W m N 0 Z STRAIIDER BOULEVARD EXTENSION a JOB NAME: WCATION: RErrrON,WA m ARCHITECT- BERaER ARAM Vim{ util"U1Nk&".I'LANNtAb&St.:>rMISIN j— ENGINEER: n CONTRACTOR 1UHANSbN MECKANLLAL r AIR COMMODLT)ES C SUBMTTED BY' Z DATE: fiw)2 m «� a asr, r 7A9 wRST3 WLTS @ �s wftw MW • 1 MUR03-21 HI 3wo 240 1 12.5 1TAd OTY. CAT, NO. TAG DESCRIPTION I MMH-10 lit WALUCETL04G MOURYT ACCESSORIES 1 MUH-03 HI 24V TRANSFORMU AND CONTROLS SUBMCTTED BY: DATE APPROVED BY: DATE AIR COMMODTITES 6n.'12 ZSS-QM UHO (12-04) • • ARpRA w0bAt t AAAAAt AssAAA pass eggs lung ago# III IMW '92232 444838 rwrX33 wrr3«« vr3A Her wr! .e.ww •w• g��. lf If It 4+11o00 COODU7 rives! $$*rev AAAA ::ti less lasso stt toss n jj t1�� W ¢ ) rwrrr rwrrrr 7133333 3333«3 AARA AAA* AAA RRss AAA AAA■ $ as UL y # .rrrrr rrrrrr •wrrr• Mrrrro FFFF VVVV is"* auto to* rose � t :!Fill! 513c851 ll m 11111l golf 1111 i , a#s #ea# gag ggaa opoff fillip fillip fillip Aog! Mp III lift ft ° I esel a -b 16211 Rinl1 11mv Bitm lilt AIi1 Ill fill Ill 1111 'a Aft StYY tCC sOss .� �# 14111 9114114 l ell 111111 lilt poll � � llif.l ss111l sr�toar rNssss as�ua as�sax ss1x ages sea sssaHill] '� 6 i i . a�Aa pagx� xxxxzz uzxzzz azxz xxxx z�z4.zxx xxA xxzz 5� it W 'g J aR ! lot ' L�a c = �X29 9 99 9 �C����, ;»s�s� » Sa R M� Apt .- sd u $� li lit RiM 11lsNN ?l1992N 11sw!N !NAM mim sNf 5ilINN Not somm #i z W �"' LL St & �� Fula Ainv1 Beall deal! 111ll gild in mill �f1 Fill 9gz LL lil will� .� _ � y 1 1 I �z 9 • ACCESSORIES Z4,%L A.G.FZ�. AIM�UM =1 rgL-�a 00 Ca"a TRIrr'�� �i�. T . `F A 1Sno Steps b"l Them+a" mil'12Q ZW AC.i— L%lf 62.W NSDA MUK-4 -Z MU SO-L 4 O A,A1L* T A0-F-85-F 27NAC Res-t1311 •Pi ! �I�AiSO,�AARt�D 2 A{Iki547.fdlktdtl 4,kABW e ttexnd 9umr r Far SLPfi 8A;WVAC.Rc12 HP: M M1H Sarks Hw%m MC FS 2M,4W KWAC.1.2.or 30 34 Re, SL4...a Fan SgIc:Qmv2 HP 230♦BIWAG M 1aA1�atss t4�cra Ren vW Surnmw Fan&eA vdh R�� 6 A 36 MA?SWAG.ea FKz Ac ertAt sarky rM5. r* e4A 1.MJli07 71,daAN381,r 2,, NRPB-2 Pats• 3 18 <80VAC®D FCL MUHW71,MAN M llr3R uda"aPexd Qx*c WQ%""ar)5� 8 AR,35 ALR.200V-kQAC.e0 Nt V MAi&rbc He=m Comp M*RS21,ML*ms.71.811Af03d1.uLawr*v, MKRT u Pda Nona.*Open) 3 AFL W AM 4 WV.AC.W NL ytbt�71,kthS96 81 ttn3s uti5me aplda=�ortld 4ardamly s a ppE� M--12o-F;Lon—W'F W.M38/,111ACt341.MR,OY71,MlHa1-e1.M11 'dS21.MUMAt MPD3.2S ftm DQ OM-9 t swft P Pots) 25A,WOVAQ Rea 204 MUH.p7.8$MLO-W-7.WJ4.Aa MLOOW A JWW.UUH-108,MW1S2 MPDS-"I p"v�a (3�) WK @MAG ROL W2�� .�M 20 2 M 1�204 tdElw�2. .MM13W at,�-SmCKET MRACKET SM OPTIONAL BUtLT4N CONTROLS AND uN1tiERSAL WALL ti r !:......_-_ ACCESEORt£><^"!u.�u uca,rsv� aa.os A.147L2WiW 6 8 1z�b- ss;=s.aaviw.ury�>oprtMRt•25 a 30 24 a iffi✓Can6d Ztan6nr:sed Pour CMUM M M-40 a 50 2"!,e a$or 120V H.C.Parr Cartes 3'CEH MS ap&C-KET 26W+1 OPbrd130VCarew 17 p�yy W-le 2 61ya ConYd d t3mss3 t :cs2:e eltn+O3 ob.07 a toif 3+p- <'h! MWQw0a�t [ MtA+15 A 20 0"IMuh put Saud Fa ri Mll1 Ffrrbzs • ass M1A+25 d 30 OpTgNAL VERtTICAt COUM N1oUlITUN4 ttoger+:t.t,wn miraa d.cw ir<wr NCNB-" AMIA•"o s 5o S RA-MT ...a.� Manama" �ea Ifrra hobo" .�• - r= M! 7 7L30 1e tar r/f Y T 11 it 12+fs 0' 2eS: 11W 2BNd trl. N � h MOUNTING LOffATIOi)NS Unit heaters should not be used in potWUOY * exptasiva&tmwepNM.The finish IG not IF o i Ifl.`Brfded Yx*act SA spislt evom"in M marina or"hlyF><y Wrosiva e e a"mpheres aN s<vutunirog tom.Chernical starege biros,aw.DO rout InMO unit heaters �o� above reca vw.ded ma>dr,lum mounting height obstructions must re bladt unit heater air inlet or dWharg0.HesWN must to mounted st luse r above the hear to prevent etadentsl 02ntaCt wKh tt18 heating eiemerx Of fan blade V-,bch could MM In}urq • . 2 DIFFUSER SELECTOR TpRtEs FnR VERTICAL MOUNTING • NONE Nuwa AWN16 9 ra NONE WCRiOtJT DIFFUSER muww a MO.* t4 26 20 ONE Na.Auaor needed where a wow MU1415 20 36 ONE dowrelav ar pat—w-Allred. NONE Fa maximum sir 9rrm.Wnwa MW1dS 23 63 louvers.Any of three diAmn can &M-25 20 55 NONE be added to beeic he". NONE 0lW440 28 70 NONE MUM-50 25 03 KA04 riwo a EW4 0 a 1a MA" ANE6tOSTAT GWFFUSER NUM47 a MUM$ 12 25 MAD-N The'cowwr drum p odtns MUH-16 15 36 MAD-M &A-fres air rnavamns at RYN MUW29 17 46 MAD-L m V h9hts.Flow-Vwb s W"as 10 a — MADd afrOwn in twa. MUKJa 17 Sb WAD-L MUN N 92 77 wl-L MUN-60 20 MLD- UL44.0 a MW440 9 25(A) 12(B) MLN: LOLNER C1 cW ER Ml114a7 a KUN-4S 14 39(A) 1901 permM s dkwdf W(atrot�rt lbe) MUVP15 16 50(A) 25p) L� Mt� ar Oow ae in air maWn appkadw MUW20 20 55(ly XM) A -- MLO-L aver doww"-RodwW" MUWA I&D-L coverage,-cuv as can be Wend 20 L sMer db N ectim, ytHO 24 8 AA) 44B) MLD-L� YU1450 22 WA 40!B wto-I M1N403 a MUWW 9 20 RvIt" RAWL D1FF'JSM MIkW7 a MU1410 14 31 booms kw ocveragd A400l le MUMS Is 40 XR M f m,in vwkL made,dkvd MW420 20 45 1r71K'.M{rd fi a Cyl+t pftam MUF425 23 -- /,___ URD-1. Convaraeyt ehan A M are Nod to av NMI 45'a.•rq•e,ttoo-oarwa00,b ep b MU1430 20 SO 1 p 25%grader at rawN*y law MUIf-40 24 75 6 MRl mad n2W.'*qW IKq►So 22 N • TYPE MUH-35 UNIT HEATER ®� RLE 0E21609 iNourtt eWmr m tfm wd!a harm d,e csOinG an ba •Adwnosd 0**wM h**w deWgn draws ea uses!or p*wy or epct heetlrrp For fsctoriea, saass he"element for R Wxs even err may,fctwata,swe dkbtbu*m end coder alanarg apaY.im. r Aidow can be dbeatsd horbnntAY.ver4cMY ar any 'Spsaally deemed ve*w coact to moat out poo6w bet~for;rwaea 0011bd. added Osow a regAod in vesaral poab- � Muftoe we9aps had selector w&4u; .EN w 5KW •Go"Wtstety wm**W fan motor. 4 . or 7.3Kw a 240V(37KW ar 2.5KW 0 2W for Ahni+um•Mrnad.aapper coed a"dwam trsearry l TMgM nnaurrt o►h"L dement has bnDw weftrt ft,beceuee of aoowr w wwm eielarnwds am wn&%mudyfor Autornodct twMal eut-a+l wpFAryhpa. + movernero when re heat is nmdred. pra.Adox W919cft ova antra*Vth of ddrtera But!t-n bi-mntd 9unnostal Ra W 40'to 90'F. ww_ Hasty is dapped with 06111 watt trsdret. Ruggecoy buK yet fighter weight V same Heavy gauge dfarannes at"houdhg. t•ntsisbwo No ppny dues.vehree,or traps. Meem all UL,NEC.and OSHA ro4ulremente. 3 • • r� I SF!ECITION CHART Au �a6 I Now Ti &WL7 rVAMMIS 21.amas izenu !dIRNS 210 no ?I, 24CM IUD f/,ci i 61 gy AM10 22 ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S SPECIFICATIONS` .Una mounts either horQontatiy or vertically.Totaty versatile.For factories,wraret ousel,garages,stcres,shfwft roorm power stations,aircraft hangers.Can be used for primary.suppierrrerltary.spot or dual-system hesting. .Wide range of optianA cmttroi tits are field installable,incressing the MUH adaptability to the specification martceL .Forced air unit heater with f0 power ra*W;*om 3KW to 50 KW heating output;208.240.277 and 480V,10,230 to 170.500 BTUIhr. .32 compatible nwdels(no need to try to assemble a heating system from 70 or 80 modeisi) • .Heavy gauge die-formed steel hausmq.Two-toned,smartly styled. .Advanced puWthrough air Row design draws air across heating element for more even air distrs'bution and coder e{ernent operation- •Specialty designed venturi outlet to meet that added throw as required in vertical position. .Branch ekcwlt fusing(when requited). .Completely enclosed fan motor. .1-or 3-phase wiring on 5 9xough 10 KW 208t240V and 15 KW 208V units(Reid interchangeable), .Aluminum-finned,copper dad steel sheath heating element has longer useM fife,because of cacter sheath fernperature and faster heat dissipation. .24V control t Warmer standard an most models,providing a safer and more accurate means of temperature control.3KW and 5KW.208-277V,have kne vottage controls as standard(24V control available on made-Oo-< n his). .Automatic reset linear thermal cut-out,capillary type,provides protection over entire length of elarrrent areas(Manual reset protection available on made-to-order basis). .2-speed fan selector awttch(25 to 50 KW models)- Fan delay feature eliminates cold drafts.Elemant heats up before fan cuts In,then tart continues to c0strfbute heat after element shuts off. .Ruggedly butit,yet tighter weight for easier installation.No piping flues,valves,or traps. .Individually adjustable dis�e Louvers to control air flow. .Choice of opoonal diffusors for variety of air patterns,maximizing heat concentration and coverage In the verticai position. .Meets all UL,NEC,and OSHA requirements. 'CAfa&rea&rvea tw AGN to mom dwngw wMUM P=r1WW. Q 1 M's'E1'WdMRK'A 4rW PT am&EW 470 Beauty Spot Road East Bennettsville,SC 29512 0 Air Commodities hic Submittal STRANDER BOULEVARD EXTENSION MaAn acburer Ruskin Job Raw Scrander 13oulcvard Extension Phase 1,Segment 2A Locadon Ajohansen enton WA Corrtraector Mechanical Are"ed Berger ABAM -- En ' RH2 Engineers,Planners&Scientists__ i Products Louver&Dam r Ll By:Bruce Kunming June 8, 2012 6100 G`' Ave South,Seattle WA 9610E •(206) 767-2600.1 a ('206) 767-4815 Nall-Free(800)875-2473 •www.air-commo&dm.com i Air Commodities, Inc June B, 2012 REPS v4.10.384 BRAND:RUSION Louvers Model; ELF445DX Deduct 114" FRAME: BOX SCREENI: 18-16 ALUM SCREENI AUG: REAR SILL TYPE: FM AL.080W/ED FINISH TYPE: MILL CONSTRUC17ON: STANDARD WINDLOAD: 20 OTY MDTH HE(GHT TAG • 1 12 x 12 . asarATM SPSChvirAnOMAWSUSAWrvCHANMWrWWWMNoRCOLRiMM JRUS KIN 3800 Dr.Greaves Rd. Kansas City,MO 64OW • (816)761-7476 FAX(816)765-8955 ELF445DX AND ELF445DXH DRAINABLE STATIONARY LOUVERS EXTRUDED ALUMINUM STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES FRAME The ELF445DX and ELF44WM offers: 4'(102)deep.tr WT5 extruded skm1hurn. • 52%Free Area ELF445OX—A81-(2.1)nominal wall thick- none. ELF445DXH—.125' (3.2)nominal Published performance ratings based on well thk*nesa. Downspouts and cautkhV + testing In accordance with AMCA Pubk& suriecet provided. don$11. BLADES B` I �performance system with frame syste with dra�- 80B3T5 extruded + Iff' able head cotle�and removes water to ELF44BOX—.061'(2.1)nomi'lai wall Q*k- ! provide excellent water pauuttation parlor: neat. ELF445OXH— .125'(3.2)nomtnN ! nsance. wall thickness. Drainabta blades are post- : � • Dfain tatter In each Wade nttrlktizea water tinted at at 45'angle and spewed epproxE I i cascade between blades. mak*4'(102)center to center. it • Architecturally styled,hidden ngAllons alow- Ing continuous line appearance up to 120' SCIQ51'(19 x 1.3)expanded,flattened j (3048). aluminum bird so n In removable frame. •AN aluminum consbucilon for low mainte- Screen adds s VnxdmsWy t ff{13)to fou- A• nitre and high resistance to corrosion. vor depth. AS welded ocnWA Om PINS VARIATIONS Mg. MINIMUM SdE VwlaYcna to fha basic design of the louver are 12'w x 12'h(305 x 3W). avaMeble at atonal 0Oa•They WrAide: APPROMATE SitlPING WEIGHT • Extended ail. ELF445OX -41bsAtz(19.5 kq lm') ' NJngw frarne. ELF445DXH -8 bs Rt.'(29.3 kg Im') • Front or rear seo^tars. • MAXIMUM FACTORY ASSEMBLY SIZE • Fier rocks. Shall be 75 iL A varke of bkd mid Insect solaria. ezwasd 12�x Wl 3048�or W*w �I Selection of tlnlshea:prime coat, baked x 1201h(228e x 3048). i enamel (modified fPuoropotymer), epoxy. Louvers IarW Bran the mwdmum;achxy Peartedlse 50 6 70,Kynar,dear and color asserrrbty size will require fWd asaetrd*of gird anodize. (Some variation In anodize color ernafiarsections. / errorcons4lancy le ice•) SUPPORTS " Consult Ruskin for other special reWiraments. carvers may be provided with roar trow tted blade supports OW increase overall Louver FRAME CONSTRUCTION depth depending on louver size,assembly _L configuration or win iload. lve Ise) Consult Ruskin for edditmnai tnfomradon_ T varl" A•x A•a B• T—� -� R (1�r STANDARD INTEGRAL FLANGE Dimilmlonv in Inchea,parwitmaie( )IrcQcate millimeters 'Units furnished 114'(6)smaller than given opening dknersions. SIZE TAG CITY. FRAME VARIATIONS A`-WIDE B" GH C PROJECT LOCATION ARCH.IENGR. CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE DATE • sar• Alt SAM sKtrICAnWAR5 aktxer rn crrAtae rwrkarr worry Ot oswAmort. oriWtin.w,...y zeal • SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION Nrnish and his W kRJv as hweh*w opedfied where sham on Louvers shall be Ruskin Model ELF445OX or ELF445DXH Own or as described in schedules.Louvers shall ba stationary extruded W53T5 aksnkx n coratrucOm as kAwaa: draftable type with draln Butlers In aaM blade sari dovetaporRs in Frame: 4'(102)deep.ELF445DX -.081"(2.1)wed thkivresa. iambs and muitions. tourers shaA have a mGrtrnum of 52%free ELF446DXH -.125'(3.2)nondrW wad itddasew area based on a 48'We x 48'high(1218 x 1219)stm.Sta&Nwy Blades: ELF445OX -.081'(2.1)wall Cidatess.ELF446DXH drakvg*blades shall be cmttabted w W a 4 hw ."(102) w.Louver -.12V(3.2)wed Mess.DraWtsWe blades are posF componerts(heads,jambs,aft,bkKkxk a ffwft e)stud!be lac- slaved at 45'woo wo spaced spproAnsialy 4-(102) tory awarrbled by the buyer mnutachaer.UAW sizes 100 large carter to csnler: for shoot/stall be bunk up by the eonnetor from Way aswrrf Wed louver sections to provide overall sizes required. Louver Screen: N4'x.D61'(19 x 1.3)expanded 4a -ted aluminum In design shah Irn1t span between vMVa mOmw b 10 feet(3)and removable frame. shalt frtoorporaie smicual supports tegtdrset hD wlhsbnd a wind- Fk*h: Select finish specification from Ruskin Finishes toad of 20 Its.per' ft. (.9Wa)(equivalent of a 90 mph(145 grodrure. KPM**)d—&Mmiffer may aubsaira MCI!C g rWed) Published louver performance date beaft ft AMCA Cavorted Rs&V Seal for Air Perlonw>ce a Wafer Pwwft9m►met be sub- mlllsd for appmvel prior to fabricailon end must dararttsbs pres- we drop and wader per4tadw equal to or ima than the Rusk In model spedw. PERFORMANCE DATA AMCA Standard 6W 1 a reasonable basis ft:r*WQ end The lower system sh*Al be designed vrfCr a ratable safety rs*V buvsrs.Test V to AUGA 500 is pe kmmd Lrdw a certain facia for louver performance.To ensure prowilon from water set of Wborakxy conditkcne.This dces rmt guorwAse that other c rrimm design wflh a perlormence level sanw*W below M&4- cor4f m will not Dear fn the aduaf ww&G w tW where t wmm rrx n desired preasum drop and_01 ozleq,tt_of wafer pwV4rwdon must operate. WATER PENETRATION Test stze 48'x 48"(1219 x 1219) • Beginning point of water ponatrafion at.01 ozJsq.fL Is 1075 fern(328 rn1min). e.3 (3-23) 0.2 ,s tz.1s) m� �c E '' (INS) e ism N00 12M t3so host ( ) (365) CM) Free Area Vetoetty in feet(meters)per minute • Standard air.0751blft' FREE AREA GUIDE Free Ana Guide ahams ftw ana to fg and m'for va7laus suss of EL F44 5OX and W445MX Vfidth-inches and Me tors 12 16 1 21 30 36 4: 48 54 WO66 T2 T6 64 9Q N 102 108 114 12d 0.30 0,49 DA 0.76 041 1.07 1.22 1.37 1.52 1,55 1.03 1.9e 2.13 2.29 2.44 2.39 L74 290 3.03 12 "3 0.43 0.T3 0.93 1.14 1.34 1." 1.74 1 it 208 LM 2.48 tit 201 3.09 3.21 1 to IN 3.89 0.30 0.03 0.05 0.07 CA 0.11 0.12 0.14 9.16 0.18 0.19 0.21 0.23 0.25 017 019 0.31 0.32 0.34 CA 18 a." OJO 1.22 1.11111 1J9 ZZ3 2.56 290 3.33 3.41 3.79 4.13 4.4T 4.10 6.14 6A7 hat 6.16 9Ai IL46 OAS 0,08 0.11 0.14 0.18 U1 0.24 0.21 0.30 0.32 0.36 0.38 0.42 0.45 0.40 0.61 0.64 0.57 0.50 N 0.81 1.31 11.111 2.31 Zit 3.30 3J0 440 4.80 E./3 L93 11.13 4.43 T.13 TM 8.1Z 11,83 1.12 1.12 0.61 QAO 9.12 0.17 M21 Q.26 0.31 Q A6 35 Q.40 Q CA 10.52 10.57 M I OAS 10.71 0.76 OJ0 0.35 OAS 30 143 1.96 2.n 293 3.96 C19 4.83 6.44 0.00 641 7,15 7. .90 7E 9A1 9.04 9.98 10.31 SOJ4 11A6 12.21 0.75 0.10 0.15 0.21 0.27 0.33 0,39 0.45 0.31 Q.67 0.51 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.64 0 0.96 1,02 1.00 1,14 g 30 In ZQ9 298 3.88 4.471527 a.Q7 I 1Ja TA 1.19 9Jl 9.79 10.87 11.37 1 L17 12l6 13.T8 14.08 MM 1 OAt 0.12 0.19 10.27 0,34 0.42 0.49 0.56 M64 0.71 0.70 0.84 0.91 CA 1.06 1.13 121 1251 1.35 11,43 42 1J1 L44 3.37 4.30 6.23 4.14 7.09 L02 aka 9.37 10.Q0 11A3 12.38 13.n 14.22 16,16 18.08 17A1 17.94 1,071 A7 0.14 0,23 0.31 0.10 OA9 0.07 0.05 0.75 0.63 0.80 0,96 'A "IS1.24 1.32 1.41 1.80 1-41.67 a171 LET 3.99 9.Oa 8.14 7 J1 11 4.34 1.42 10 .24 12.34 13.43 1442 16AI 16.70 17.90 16.88 19.9i 21A7 1,22 0.17 O.Z7 0.37 OAT 0.87 0.67 Q.78 0.80 QJl LOS 1,15 1.23 1,36 1.46 1,m I ills 1.70 1.N 1As N 1.N 3.21 4A6 5x 4A L13 0.36 10,N 11.a1 12AI 13.96 10A6 19.30 1TJ3 1B.71 16.9E 21M ZL44=99 t 1.37 0.10 0,30 0.41 0.53 0.64 0,76 0.67 0.99 t.10 1.17 1,29 1.44 1.52 1.03 1.74 1.0 1.9T 209 220 0 40 1.26 3.N 644 EA3 7.111 9.20 10.89 11.1a 13.37 14.30 1949 17,08 18.47 111,6E 21.24 22.03 24.0!26.41 26.80 1.52 0.21 1 0.34 0.47 060 0.73 0.86 0.99 1.11 1.24 1.33 1.46 1.99 1,72 1.85 1.9e 2.10 2.23 236 2.49 N 2Aa 4.00 6.62 7.05 L67 10A9 11.62 13.14 14.06 16J6 1720 1E,73 2t1.2ii Z1.T7 wo 24J7 zL34 27.07 29.39 1.N 0.23 0.37 (151 0.6a OJO 0.P4 1,06 1.22 IX 1.40 1.00 1.74 1J8 2C2 2.17 2 31 2.45 2.N t73 71 ZT4 4A3 6.11 7.60 1.48 11.17 17-66 14.114 16.23 17.36 11A4 2013 22M 24.10 Wit VAT 29.16 30.64 3263 1.83 0.25 OAt OA7 G.T3 QJa 1AM 1.20 1.M 1J1 flat 11.77 1A3 2.00 2,24 2.40 266 t71 287 13X3 )ti us 4.79 /J0 L42 10.24 12.06 1348 10.T9 ITA218.73 26.N 71.37 24JO 26.02 2TJ4 29A 31A8 33JO M.12 1,28 01S 0.M 0.51 0.7e 01M 11.12 1.29 1.46 IA31 1,T41 1.91 2.04 226 242 LN Z76 ZJ3 3.10 3,27 84 3,22 " 7.19 &17 11.18 13 4 1G12 17.10 19A9 10.41 2Z39 24X 26.fa 2s 34�30.32 3231 34 2a Ji 37 3a 2a Z13 0.30 M48 0.57 O.ld 1.04 1.22 1.41 1.59 1.78 1.90 2.00 227 2.45 Z.64 2.E2 3,00 319 33T 3.56 90 3A4 6Ja 7.67 l.71 1/91114.63 16.14 1 2i 20.3a 21.79 23 9t 2RN Ia 14 30.2/32 34 34.49 3SA1 1311.73 W 229 0.32 0.52 C.71 0.21 1.11 1.30 1.50 1.70 1.90 2.03 Z T2 242 2 l2 2.51 3.01 3.21 3.40 3.10 3.00 PRESSURE DROP • 1m149a9�) m t191.12) .70 (174.23) eo (14674} Ratings do t143t(r1dWe the effect at 76 (124.AS} a bkd sawn. .40 (99* a (74A7) N MOWN m tM.76) EX MAT AItIM�i S oil .a 1,21 c AQ tt�91 K-L a .07 17, Ai14a33 Rusictr S(anufactufnG Camrrsy car"" that the ELF446OX and ELF445DXH Lo A4 (a,96y Louvers shown hers(n are licensed to boar the AMCA W.The ratings shown 03 (7.+7i air beset on testa and proca&m per. ILformed in accordance with AMCA IL 02 (4M) I __TT Pubticatlon 611 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certlfisd m Ratings Program.The AMCA Certified Rattrgs Seat apples to ak pertonance At (2A6) rxtings and water penetration rating& 0nly, Air Velocity in feat(meters)per minute t5trough Free Area • all gill M• _ .: o 0 list fit .......................................................... R r, r Ep _ m g • Air Commodities, Inc June 8, 2012 REPS v4.10,384 Con&oi Dampers Model. C036 Deduct 114" FRAME. CHANNEL BLADE ACTION: OPPOSED LINKAGE: CONCEALED BLADE SEALS: STD.MATERIAL JAMB SEALS: STD.MATERIAL OPER.SHAFT: EXTENDED ACT TYPE: ELECTRICJ120 VOLT ACTUATOR: ML-4202 INSTALLATION: OUT FRAME DEPTH: S INCHES FRM MATERIAL: GALV.STEEL BEARING TYPE: STANDARD FRAME GAUGE: STANDARD BEARING MAT.: STANDARD • LNKG. MArRL: STANDARD BLADE W►DTH: STANDARD SLVITRAN. SLEEVE SLV/TRAN LEN. 16 SLV/TRAN GA: 20 GAUGE SLVITRAN MAT: GALVANIZED CONSTRUCTION: STANDARD GAL QTY WIDTH HEIGHT TAG 1 12 x 12 AU STATED WECMATONS ARE SUBJECT TO CWWGE I YMff NOTwCE OR OALOATANR. • RUSK 3500 GEeevu Rd, •• Karum City,MO 64030 (818)78t 7476 FAX{816)785-8955 CD36 LOVE LEAKAGE CONTROLDAMPER GALVANOW STEEL STANOMW CONSTRUCTION MATURES Tha coal dEers sba ,d"cor�wah WdMWtkV ka" FRAME r xx r x to saps(127 x 25 x 1.a)p deal Nat dwrai fair► �I �Ftenl rr reduu Damw Earned we corner to bor dnuchow*"Vm egaat to 13 papa t2 2g) LC Ada Q e spit x xM x to page(89 x to x 1.5)paAwtaed lock to lades w2wul sm"or welds.Now &m drm+nd top and boi'om bare an dwpras wider 17(330)KOK ncn ortatva bevf pa nrs Imp go and owe of opsralm Axles 6l d*blades eppnsxhrrbtl a' and bda&V eorrdbrs with a dinke proof Yrtkags for few malrrh- r(15(162)rdde,16(1.a)papa patven�d mace operal"L (152)on cerdar.PWW or appcsod adoa. Wan tasted in.=lone with AMU standard 500,ots C036 BEALS Blade cd� PYC ooetad potyaetar Whna^ ' loctad psiar•,w,IC dn*q.x e!a e!4•w4 exceeds the fiegteenaY bttde edps.Jwrtb k tlexfs OPTIONS DEARMS s1N QPdons avaEah*at cft%mmi oast irxWde: LNICAGE F_nAvAd and 8MY*fth", Cmcestad fn batts Exposed • FKtq-pw4ftd,pnaanstic and electric NAMMrs. • SP144 Padkaps fd rwnetayr hrdkda drr4w Wade posi- A]O.ES den t '(13);Eated steal hex.p2 • Heavier frame cortsQtadort with U-dtarxtet fnms. x HAFT ddrttatdr.Outboard sttdt wpport srrpPfasd Frwtt rear or derdtls bps frame with or wMxxA bok holds. lah d*Ve saclnt darrkpdn br flotd moored acfaYm!CM FlamY 304 steadeaa b cart. w ktstaaed jecimhall suppled"M et mud*�n • Thrtsd washers Ear varf l made Urstals8at. MAXMM UM • -cerm secflarr- m x UrrYn(1 M x 1829) !tg>G tQia secQorr dertsslp lted siaa ffiffamm an WOO Made-Stir x x 12T) 61v x 141t Two bffidw.pwWd at opposed atrial,wood krtaps- T bbad^99 mmel Of ePi>OW4cb aan,aatoesMd -51v x ITT 077 x 254 TWERA7URE LAM .WF(_VT)m n(mkan oral+18D'F(.t13'C)mw4y m gmqtm INEMI T ApproAnd*7 UJw•fl NOTES Dfrrremiom strewn in pum*ods( )rid wta rrftmelen. 1 •Vr4ta trrrale ted apWoxhn&"114'(a)smsaw than gnat op¢rrnp d�nar�ar>s►. wwlh eoza.res r�s xn cw.a to ALL rrxtEV VECV TXW ARE susxcr ro awtea•wM+rr Komar OR oeuasnou CD36 PERFORMANCE DATA AND INSTALLATION INFORMATION I)sAtpdt ggstcfitlm Maximum tsakage' The d Ceb vac Twbulwm m p ProduOrted ce ollectiom valoclilles Ms nwbe h Sys sun BYd�+ %of CFwfi W_� tsretfsrae Vlrloctty max.flow aq.ti some cortdftlorks wRtt rebcJ4ea strove 1500� 48'(1219) 2.6'w g, 150d fpm 0.25 3.7 Dampers may kharvis higher preasl4m and vefocSiea then 3t3'(g14 3.0`w.p. 1500 fpm 0.25 3.7 ewne Iced Here.Comervalivs m*Vs are prosanied Won- ) Ibna#y In an effort 10 avvld misapp6a0on.Carrell Idmtdrt or 24'(610) 4.0•'w,p. Iwo lipm 0.32 L7O yow Ruakln impreaer"ova whet s damper Is to be applied in ter(306) Ca'w.g. 1600�+ 0.47 cotdowa elaeeadktp mawimarrded mudnxm■. 'Leakapa kdommsdw based on pressure dfilor+er"of 1'W.p.leafed prr AMCA Pubkolon 500. Pressure Drop-Damper Open(24'x 24' size) INSTALLATION a7 I CD36 IS NCT RECCMMEND£D FOR INSTALLATION WrrH 17.78 t BLAOES RUNNfNG VERMALLY unfeas ordered wlft!Moat 0.5 wWwv.For proper Inslefttion,damper must be Inslalad K 12.7 square and free torn m ddnp Amt for must be kuhAW m �u kdrogs side.Opposed blade dampers tatter ba operated from a power blade of shalL see'kww Mount Control Danpea 3 0.3 1 IndaWlan IrWr1xUora'lot doUlls. v t BRACING OF MULTIPLE SECTION i1 DAMPER ASSEMBLIES S06 The CON a kitended`o be ass supp x*g or*In is largest skpb scion seta.ML05ple secOm damper assembles may rt W"brsr to support Lhe wdpltt 0(Iw assembly and to hold og**votarn prestos.PhAWn recommends spproprt- y 0.1 afar txac V kr aAw l L'w dmtper horhronlMy al Isesi once eA► Z54 for every 8 d dartpet wlt:W Vertical aaserrYrlss and higher ar 07 syslam t%4ssurm may re0r.—more b-drig. t.T6 Q5 •i.27 .03 .70 .02 6r .N 2W ?Oa (Xla Too 101" am me e1.ee 0." 1"213.aa 304Ja 110a.a0 04.40 Air Velocity in FEET and METERS per mkete t tough FACE AREA. Tooled per AMCA Sid.ti00,Fig.5.3,dudaork upswean and down- strnem. SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION Fumish and Install,at locations shown on pier.tX In vacordartes be conceaied out of sdrsb"l,wgMn the damper fettle to reduce a0 schsdutes,oonkut dampers Nei meal the fo0owlrig minimum pressure drop end ncisa.Subut"must Irrckrde bakape,pressure construction standards.Frame 09a be 16 page(1.6)gaMutEad drop,mattlnwm vektofty and maxlrnum pressure data based on steel strudusi had clurrtet wilt tabbed oomere for rokftcomerti. AMCA PublIcatbn 500.Dormers she!be In ad respects equivalent The triodes efts!be sfr*",18 gege(I A)g0mIxad steel with to Ruskin Model 0D3rl. three 100gLK*1411 groove*for rdtftcomnt.Blade edge seers shag Speatffer S*lvat OpUm be PVC coded polyester fabric WASISa for-25-F 10+160'F(-32'C Dampen*Kali the equipped with lachxy Insfalted damper podlbn to a83'C)mecharriraly kx*ad krlo the b1sde edge.Adhesive or "COW swftch package.The arftdt package shay Btdods two cap-on type soak are trtacceptable.Jamb Saab shall be fletdble position kt®atlon arrW 99tad dracpy b the dsarpar bode to metal.compresslan"a lo provenf leakage between blade and provide rug open and hd closed damps bUda posom The swilch and damper frame.Bode end overlappktg*W"Is urtsooeplabla. package shall provide itp cvpabitity to Interface with the HVAC Bearings shed to corrosion raslstartm,molded ayWNWC sleeve type we"system and provkb remote damper blade p=IWn status. ,uminp h an extruded hale In the damper ban».!bties shell be Switch packages shell be In all respects equivalent to Ruskin hexagonal pOeft*locked role the damper blade. Unksge shall Modoi SP-100. • • Honeywell ML4202, ML43021 ML47021 C us ; ML4802, NiL8202, ML8302 , Fast-Acting, Two-Position ActuatorsCE '-.21 FOR FIRE/SMOKE CONTROL APPLICATIONS GN314 Th#ML42OZ AfL4302,atL4702,ML48OZ;MLe202,ML8302 Ai1E�+1 D�f►TA Fast-Acft 7Nro4osffw AduakX3 am apr�sQ reft�m a�recf cold aduWors(DCAJ wdh an i +box nor FEATURES oratesdamper .Tfr.adu"accepts an onow sigma/ harry a 'lit) *A�ode/s are ev&%tis V#0 cbd nrfae(cnv)orcocurAwckxirwfae(CCW)V&9 • 20(b-in.(2.2 Wmj mialmm div"torquo return and are deargrred tb open*varle*in smoke control at 3601F(176'C). systems repufrar0 Urxferarders Labc mfones Im UL555S . integral sprig return a suree lave{of return torque. ratkrpa up M 350'F. • Stainless*be[hrternal spring. • FVbwn4KWW ape"return timing, SPECIFICATIONS No spoeisi cyc"mquirW s knV-*m holding. No sudlbfe rots*dur"holding. Models: Patent pen ling design stirnnlnatss need for omit switches b raduae payer aortssmptlorn. poom Twqye+ Models available for 24,120:and 230 Vac. yr b.h Ninety-five degree angfe of nAstlom Ra i Model Act ualor holds rated torque at reduced powof"I. Aura h Vsc Ralwn aivtng Dis-esst aluminum heuaheg. • H using design ailom ftush mounting to dsmpar. A4202 lax 10.1ak 0.f1A. 12Dt10% 20" 2091) integral Junction box wtth one,condult opw*V • W43o2 area 18tN W 8o Ftr alhnlnatos need tar separsb wtftng bmn. ML47D2 a 013A. D.1R1, 73pt10% 18W 11W 154W Hz Stroke: dti4802 ear O 95't3%mechwbr, t�rntd. MUM co 16 VA 8% 24 Timing(At Rated Torque and Voltage): lii 8302 iccw ' O Drive Open: 10% O ML4202.ML4302,NL4702:lle-4802:25 sec maxknum, `+ Fit 18 we typical. •Ton}us ratings at noted voibge. ❑ ML8202,MLe3302:25 tea n vdmurn.22 sac typical. O Spring Close:15 tee Electrical Connectlorw: Design Ufa(pt Raked Vbibge): O Two color coded 18 int toads;kck:des ground screw. a 80,000 fud strum cyc l&& O Three 718 in.holes br condult connections(fitbrga not Cycling Rvw : kKWded))..yps O ►�G-P�d(1 bear) of dv*e O ,Type: Line voltage(120 YaC},tvra�OaifioR, has been parfoc'red*-ft ro spring relum faW m.The acbustar snd fie lntsrrnel spring are_designed ❑ ML4702,ML4802:Lane votfags(230 Vac),tvro-pasi . ❑ to re �� lilocat�at&*and O ML8202 Mt 8302 Low vofta W(24 Vero),tvvo-position, national codes for p8riodbc teStir!g of the entire smoke cordrol sysbm.Refer:o Risbcrod Fire Protedlart we(Series 80). Assodat:on(NFPA)Natianat Firo CudesV.NFPA90A, Dsvks WMght: NFPA92A and NFPA925!a:your ban. O 5 lb(2.3 kg). ❑ NFPA recomirands periadic exam&ratlor+of each 1}rel Norse Rating(Meximum): amoke damper(w-"mLaRy or xrxxarally)to ensure O Driving Open:65 dBA at 1m. prow pWiormance, O Hok":20 dBA at 1m(no audWs noise). Minimum Damper Shaft Length: Titnps►atuce Ragngs: O 1-1/2 in.(38 mm). O Ambient 0'F to 130'F(-18'C to WC). Mounting: 0 Shipping and Storage:40•F to 140°F(AVC to WC). O 31B to 1t2 gin.square or round dancer Wuft Can mount actuator v4M shaft in any pos1kn.Secure hub to shaft wNh: WtaOR7_fie achietor is des rred to meet UL555S standardsWAW T �OF W ecn3vrs.t)se 1/8 an.Aeon wrertdt to at 350-F(1 WC).The actuaiar must de ta8f9d writ► the damper b Odle%B fhb r &V. -- —. 3 5%to 95%RH nonoondensing. @3-t 2A8-4 0 ML4202,AfL4302,A1L4702,ML480$ UL82OZ ML&V2 FAST-ACTtMG,TWQ-POS1770NACTUATORS • MADWANT 4roy"I does not recommend im"Ardragea wNh (hose edyett wa bara use sk*-kadkV of fhe ou0ssrr hub redrIves MOM tarlde- u eras Env(ronm llta►Probation Rsttrrgs' �v�-- m� O NEMA1. Acr.morim(not:applied wHh aCtwtor): tst T Q 201391 Shaf!Mapbr for 316 fm Mefla. O 205640 Mounting Bracket. D 32003532-003 DvW Awditary Switch Package far high- r" temperature eppRcaltons. Approvsls: Fig.3. lyplu►230 Vat wiring. N14M VL4>182� MtLE342 x x x UL873 Famun Rs N,Fft x W.FOX,Guide No.XM PE x x 0m,�fCK x ttoaerRs(r (+s+3 r<�� KAM u(a) } i r,ratA FIS.1.tyrplcal 24 Vac wlring vn sr iw 4rzf i 0(—t a nc+c +m tint w� s�u tfi~TANT Fora0votom►Mh 8 product date code bsk re 0527, Mg.2 iyp►cai 120 Vac wiring. t�rW(fib a tum�5 degrsoa ar secarxIs bn wd remain►m p4m mW a paver break of longer dura- tion.For eduatora mM a product date code of 0527 or alter,a power brads of arty dunstion wig cause the actuefor to:gyro 4oh m and be able to drive irme- rcalety when powarIs mapp&d. National Fire Codes,is a raylslemd trademark of ft NaUanal Fka Pm9ec4on Association(l-PA). Automstlon end Control Soiutlorm Honeywell Inwmaftnal Inc, roneyweM Limited-Honeyval Umi1Ae 19M Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Vatiey,MN 55422 Scarborough,Ontario M1V 4Z9 customer honeywe9.com Honeywell •U.S.ft owo.d Tea WWt 'o" O 2M Hawrw�G irk Inc. P"m allow ti u.6A m o to ,c es+2sa--r B.S. tae�asa6 � a01iY�' w Air Commodities Inc Submittal STRANDER, BOULEVARD EXTENSION 1� Loren cococ J obSawder Boulevard Extension Phase I Segment 2A Rea WA • Johansen Mechanical er ABAM eers Planners&Scientists Fan By:Bruce%unning June 8, 2012 V.90 6''.4rc South.Swftic�4 9810t:•(IOC) ;67-I�iIIFI•Fcrx(106; 747 xJ Toll-Fred(500) 4'15-2473 zoef"ks.con, 40 i MARK:EF } COOK Mama: at em EXTENSION • _ e fS �- QATE:srer2w2 GEMINI Ceiling and Wall Blowers 200-700 Series STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: Forward curved galvanized stool fan wheels- _ Corrosion resistant galvanized steel fan housing- A Acoustically insulated housing-Aluminum ` 1�t""W__I backdraft damper wtth solid aluminum hinge rod ° L bushings-mounted in brass P ,ermanenUy lubricated motor with built-in thermal overload protection and disconnect plug-interchangeable i panels with removable festeners allows the discharge to be easily changed-internal wiring box Cirse with disconnect receptacle-Powder-Paintad whits steel grille.Plastic grill standard on aims 220, 240,320 and 340.. DiMWNIona an as) t.�+ao 17 Psriorn+an= W-/rafi 11-718 Catalog lFiow 3P N.[rud hw4 Qty Number (CFW (frrwc) RPM JVMft tf-H86 . 11•lf8 A-Outlat 1 10-12 GC-620 400 .250 L 960 218 13-0tMtst 4-314 Aititude(ft):0 Temperature(F):70 C . 1 • Motor kKonna Lion fmvJr kfed dS,.irdm.rf.�n. Vo bft Nonepiate Amps Sf:ipping H1FsiOWba)— 84 r15l1fBG 4.9 " '6esewmw Sound Deb inlet Sound Powerby Owus Band d1 213 4 S e 7 ! LwA dBA Sones HV650nta tit 59 56 5C 44 41 41 41 53 1 38 1 3.3 1 2.5 Accessories: ROOF CURB RCG 18.13.6H FAN SPEF_d CONTROLLER 5 AMP 12o VOLT Fan Carve ROOF CAP-CRB VVSDSCR !.00 Soo r a.so 400 ;, a.ep Sop E 3 c C "• 0.40 20a 0.20 too Fan Curve L and LCF . J0.00 Watts 0 100 200 300 400 Sm �eO � Flow(CFM)Curve Page 1 of 4 PROJECT:STRANDER MVD MENSION COOK DATE:WWO12 RCG Galvanized Steel Roof Curb STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: 18 gauge galvanized stall-t-W, Wood Nee 3 Ibs. density thermal and acoustical V Sq. Insulation-Continuously welded corners- F 4----�( Woad nailer. A Optlons:(As noted below') 1)No wood nailer(deduct 1-11r Ht for actual height). z)Damper tray. ,f L-WS4.- Rod '� tray insulsUa� � Dim ions n mart ICKY joescriptio Ht � 'JA IF Sq IV Sq. JW Sq j . Roa n Opening EF 1 RCG 18 13.5 - 1-112 18-1/2 22-112 11-314 15-112 Vslaa.,,e2t 4t'faofnevcUoDM/l9ot Page 2 of 4 PROJECT:STRANDER 9LVD EXTENSION COOK DATE:6/d12012 • FSC Fan Speed Controls STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: PRODUCT DESCRIPTION-Through the'Ouadrec"intagrated sarnt-conductor device it is now possible to offer this system with many advantages. Fewer semi-conductor parts mean greater reliablllty and the passivvdon process used In the manufacture of the aeml-conductor Insures long IMe. Printed circuit construction eliminates wiring difftculties and guarantees workmanship. Ail of these factors serve to offer the most important of all features- quality. SPEED CONTROL-Positive OffiOn action in the control dial.Speed range set to the cust~s requirements.CONTROL RATING-120 volts, 60 cycles, 1 phase.Maximum amblert temperature- 120 degree F(5 MAP, 10 AMP,15 AMP).2201M vok SWOO cycles,1 phass. Maximum amblent temperature-120 degree F(5 AMP,10 AMP).220/240 volt model not UL listed.Fan cannot hrs m UL listing If furnished with prewi►ed 220/240 volt FSC.277 volt,60 cycles,l phase. Maxhnum ambient temperature-120 degree F(5 AMP).WARNING-Power must be turned off before Installing this unll.STANDARD INSTALLATION-Fits any standard single gang box. Turn off power and conned the two wires on tha corttrol to the two switch wires In the usual manner.The connection box is not supplied.SPECIAL FEATURES-Complete range control, solid state"Quadrac"Integrated circuitry,solid state constr cation for torrp reliable operating Ilfe,saws on electric bift Dimensions Fs5 Mario +Qty aescreption —T EF !t 'FSC 5 AMP 120 VOLT 4 tie 2-114- 1 �1-711ir 1l4• :0 0 F 0 FS-10 O14Z 2.1@' �--4-31IY'---� 914•� }--- d ,-are" C 0 WIRING DIAGRAM Lt -1FS -- MOTOR v4L4�.11iT1 Page 3 of 4 • PROJECT:STRANDER BLVD EXTENSION COOK DATE:WW2012 GEMINI ROOF CAP Curb Mount STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: Aluminum conuruction-And4mckd►a!t ftnSa opdonai bisdauaen-PR8,PR12,PR16,and PR20 am curb mount. � A Th— rae Dimensions mchmi Mark Daecri A 8 G Thrgw Dia • EF 1 ROOF CAP-CRB WBOSCR 2&1/4 i!}- i 20 1Z-1PZ • .ss a3 tis�e M:GucYcs�..uan1SC� Ps"4 of 4 IV -NE-UDORFER ENGINEERS INC. TEST,ADJUST& BALANCE BALANCE REPORT Strander Boulevard Extension Phase 1 Kent,Washington 2014-582 Project Completion Date: 06/20/14 Revision Date Revision Number der En In wails+a NEUDORFM CEFMFICADON 2485 En asuls 9fAll 6618/4 Aw 5 2601 M W-Wry,Ste 1230 S..N,WA 90105 VYICMIver,WA 65e61 Phone(20W)621-1510 Phan,(503)236-N24 Fla(206)348 820 FU(503)235.8626 i • � PROJECT Slonder Boulevard Exten=n,Phase 1 LOCATION Kent,WA TABLE OF CONTENTS Cover Report Title 3 Certification q Warranty g Terms&Abbreviations 6-7 Executive Summary a Fan Unit 9-10 TAB Drawing 11-12 Instrument Calibration 13 2 Neudorfer Engineers. Report Title CERTIFIED TEST:BALANCE REPORT Project: Strander Boulevard Extension Phase 1 Kent,Washington NEI Job#: 2014-582 Engineer: -- Contractor: JP Francis TAB Firm: Neudorfer Engineers Inc 5516 1st Avenue South Seattle,WA 98108 Test Engineer: Andy Eaden Architect: .1 Er In W6t 1 FIE000RFFJi CEF9R1'24 10N 24e6 f�.3t91n6 9„ ro111L 5516 1-AM S 2501 SE G-Mm Way,Ste•230 Seattle,WA 961W Ven--WA 96661 Pme(206)621AS 10 Pane(503)235-6924 F.(206)3119620 F-(503)2358625 3 0 • 0 NEydorfer CERTIFICATION Strander Boulevard Extension The data presented in this report is a record of system measurements and final adjustments that have been obtained in accordance with the current edition of the NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing of Environmental Systems. Any variances from design quantities,which exceed NEBB tolerances,are noted in the Test-Adiusl-Balance Report Project Summary. Significant/Noteworthy Remarks are noted on the General Remarks and General Field Notes pages Other remarks are noted on individual lest sheets. Noted deficiencies are not Neudorfer Engineers responsibility to repair. Prior to issuance of this report,Deficiency Reports are forwarded to our contracted agent Warranty is limited to one year from date of this report. Within that time,any discrepancies,ambiguities,or omissions found in this report will be retested, adjusted,or balanced as needed. A written notification will be required Submlfted and Certified by: NEBB TAB Firm: Neudorfer Engineers Inc Certification No 24650r Expiration Date: March 31,2015 r„ z ( P Certification Date: June 20,2014 (rife competed) NAI.eIArGl/riJ GEftrIRVATI0N Signed and Sealed by: 2465 F>qXyeina NEBB Supervisor William C.Neudorfer Mr*4 4 Neudorfer Enaineers. Warranty Project: Strander Boulevard Extension W amsnri of services: Neudorfer Engineers, Inc warrants that the air balancing,evaluated during this performance evaluation are operating at the specified levels as documented within this report. At and only this time,and makes no other warranties, stated or implied,concerning the continued performance, operation or safety in the use of this equipment past this time. Neudorfer Engineers warrants the air and hydronic balancing for 1 year from the date of substantial completion. Neudorfer Engineers reserves the right to correct errors or omissions in the codections of data. Warranty Procedures: For all warranty items,Nsudorfer Engineers requires written request. The written request should be specific on the areas of concern,such rooms,or equipment,and the type of issue the occupants are naving. Once written notification is received Neudorfer Engineers will schedule a Technician. It is recommended that and Owner or NE Representative be on site at that time. Voided Warranty and Additional Charges: If a complaint Issue is due to a mechanical equipment failure,control or maintenance related,the return trip maybe subject to a service charge not covered under warranty. Neudorfef Engineers reserves the right to resolve any TAB issue. If a third party or competing Test&Balance/Commissioning firm test or adjust any equipment, all project warranty is voided. (This is typical standard for the Mechanical industry,as Manufacture, Mechanical and Control Contractor voids all warranty when a competing firm test or manipulates their systems.) Any return trip to the job site are subject to a service charge and a purchase order will be required before returning to the job site. Document Archlyina An electric file of all test documents will be kept on file until the end of the Warranty period During that time and electroNc copy of the test data will be provided a no charge. Any additional hard/bound copies requested will be subject to a fee. 5 • • 0 • Neudorfer Terms and Abbreviations Project: Strands,Boulevard F zt—oh AC or AC U At,Cond,L.-1 or Air Gooddering Unit Des.Design Act-Actual Dia.Diameter ACCU Ar Coded Condensing Unit Dlseh.U icharge Address Equipment designation noreber given DNL Data Not Listed on the Control Program EA Exhaust Nr AH or AHU An Handler or Air Handling Und EAT Emliong At,Temperatum Ampa Amperage Economizer Controls and couponents that allow an AP Access Pont air handler to logically uldlue outdoor air APP.Application for cooling as opposed to the use of Art Arrangement mechanical rooting AVG Average EDC Electric Uud Coil BHP Brake I lonsepower EDH Electric Duct Heater BTU Bntish Thermal Unite EF E�haust Fan BTUH British I hermal Units par Hour EG Er h.ust Grille CAV Constant Air Volume EMCS Energy Management Control System CBV Calbirated Balancing Valve ERU Energy Recovery Unit (Circuit setter) E.S.P.External Static Pressure CC Cooing Coll Evap.Evaporate CD Ceiling Diffuser EWT Entering Water Temperature CFLA Correa Full Load Amperage FCU Fan Cod Unit CFM Cubic I set per Minute FD Fire Damper CH Chafer FH Fume Hood CHW$Chilled Water Supply FLA Full Load Amperage- Maximum CHWR Chlled Water Return amperage a motor can draw. Coi Coetfdent Flow Hood Instrument[hat captures art and CP Circulating Pwnp converts the reading to CFM. CR Ceiling Register FPB Fan Powerod Be. CRAC Computer Room/or Conditioner FPM Feet per Minute CRU Computer Room Unit FR field Report CT Cooang Tower FT Feet Feet CU Condenser Una FTU Fan Terminal Unit CUH Cabaret Ural Heater GPM Gallons per Minute CWS Condenser Water Supply HC Heating Col CWR Condenser Water Return HD Prostitute,Difference across the entering DAT Discharge Air I emperature and leaving side of a pump. DB Dry Bulb Heater O.L.Thermal overload protection for motors DID Direct Drive located at the motor starter(slaver heaters) DDC Direct Digital Controls eMS Control HEPA High Efficiency Particulate Arrestance System for the IiVAC HOA Band/(M/Auto Swntch Delta Difference,net decrease or increase HP Horsepower 6 Neudorfer - - Terms and Abbreviations Project: Strarxler Boulevard Extension HRC Heat Recovery Coil RVA Rotating Vane Anemometer-reads HUH Hydror.c Unit Healer air velocity in feet per minute HVAC I testing Ventilation and Ax Conomonmg SA Supply AT HWS Heating Water Supply SAT Supply Air Temperature HWR Healing Water Retum S.F.Service Factor HX Heat Exchanger Schedule Design data obtained from the HZ Hertz,cycle per second (ached)mechanical pints schedule of I.D.Inside Diameter equipment in.inches SCR Silcen Controlled Rectifier in.w.g.inches of water gauge Speed Controller Kfactor Correction factor to the free area need to SF Supply Fan calculate CFM. SFD Smoke/Fire Damper KW Kilowatts SP Static Pressure LAT Leaving Air Temperature Spec(.)Specifications LWG I.ow Wall GnII. q.ft.square feet LWR Low Wall Register Submittals Submitlec data on equipment LWT Leaving Water Temperature (subs)capabilities MAU Make-ulp Air Hanging Unit Suct.Suction MBH 1,000 BTUH SWG Sldewall Gilm MAX.Maximum Flow Requirements for DDC SWR Sldewall Register MBH Mega BTUs per hour(1MBH-1,0OOBTUH) TAB Test;Adjust;and Balance MIN Minimum Flow Requirements for DDC Tech Tachometer NIA Not Available Tech Techrlcian NIS Not Shown or Specified TSP total Static Pressure.Difference OA Outside Air between the entering and leaving OBD Opposed Blade Damper static pressure of a fen O.D.Outside Diameter TP Traverse or Test Point PD Pressure Drop. UH Unit Healer PH Phase VAV Vanabk Air Volume'box that PHC Preheat Coil contains a molonzed damper that Prim.Primary modulates airflow PSI Pounds per Square Inch VD Volume Damper RA Return Air VFD Variable Frequency Drive RAT Return Air Temperature Velgrid Instrument that reads used to read RF Return Fan velocity in feel per rnnute RH Relative Humidity VP Velocity Pressure RHC Reheat Coil VVT Variable Volume Terminal RPM Revolutions per Minute WC Water Column RTU Roof Top Unit W.G.Water Gauge WB Well Bulb 7 • is • • Neudorfer Engineers. PROJECT Strander Boulevard Extension Phase 1 LOCATION Kent,Washington EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This project has been balanced per plans and specifications using the National Environmental Balancing Bureau(NEBB)standards and procedures Neudorfer Fngineers performed the air balancing on the following (1)New Exhaust Fan. This fan has been checked for unit data, operating amperage, voltage, rotation and operating static pressure. All outlets have been proportioned to 4 10%of design airflow unless otherwise noted New Exhaust Fan(EF-11 This new exhaust tan serves the new Pump House. Design is 400 CFM and actual is 385 CFM(96% of design total) Balancing diagrams are attached to this report with outlets numbered for locations. NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU 8 Neudorfer Engineers. Inc. j-u Fan Unit PROJECT:Strander Pump Staticn DATE:6/20M14 LOCATION:.WA CONTACT:Andy Eaden PROJECT#.2014-582 SYSTEM/UNIT:EF-01 Tested By.Andy Eaden AREA.Pump House Test Date-June 20,2014 Unit Data Motor Data Fan Manufacturer Gook Motor Manufacturer McMitan Fen Model Number G"20 Motor Frame Not Listed Fan Rotation Clockwise Motor HP 1/11 HP Fan Discharg e Top Horizontal Motor RPM 1500 RPM Drive Type Direct Drive Motor Raloci Volts 115 Volts Fan Spead High Motor Ph... 1 Motor Hertz 60 H, Test Datd Motor Full Load Amps 4 6 Amps Total Design Flow 400 CFM Total Actual Flow 385 Cl M Test Pressures Motor Volts Tt-T2 119 Volts Fan Suction SP -0 17 in we Motor Amps Tl 3.20 Amps Fan Discharge SP 0 03 in we Design Total SP 0 25 in.we Actual Total SP 020 in.wt; Actual External SP 0 20 in.we EF-01 Exhaust Inlet Summary System r Una Ana Ssrvao Type of O.1. Size AM Design Dwtpn Pr+lim Final Final Remarks RaedVig Type -*,D Velocity Value Reading Readl it +. Inlet-01 Pump House FIOVQiood EC 16.10 1 400 385 385 96 Totele - - 400 ass Sae ae x Notes NeudoAer Engineers,!x 9 • i • COOK MARK:EF � PROJECT:STRANDER BLVD EXTENSION c �L uc DATE:618/2012 GEMINI Ceiling and Wall Blowers 200-700 Series STANDARD CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: Forward curved galvanized steal fan wheels L Corrosion resistant galvanized steel fan housing- Acoustically insulated housing-Aluminumr---- backdraft damper with solid aluminum hinge rod mounted in brass bushings-Permanently ! jl C. j l) ! H lubricated motor with built-in thermal overload -11 --_yy' protection and disconnect plug-Interchangeable _ - - o panels with removable fasteners allows the I- - .l ---�1 1---K—mil discharge to be easily changed-Internal wiring box Glie with disconnect receptacle-Powder-painted white steel grille.Plastic grill standard on sizes 220, 240,320 and 340-. Dimensions (inches) L-HSG 17 Performance W-HSG 11-718 Catalog Flow SP Nominal Input H-HSG 11.718 Oty Number(CFM)(Inwc) RPM Watts A-Outlet 10-112 1 GC-620 400 1 .250 1 960 1 216 B-Outet 4-314 Altitude(ft):0 Temperature(F):70 C 1 Motor Information rvare.�w..onu me.imm ai,�.rnorn.ns»n. VottslPhlHz Nameplate Amp. Shipping Woight(IbsJ"- 84 115/1/00 1 4.9 Bound Data Inlet Sound Power PY octave Band 1 2 3 4 S 6 11 7 I 8 LwA dBA Sonw HVISones 161159156150144141141 41 53 38 3.3 2.5 Accessories: ROOF CURB RCO 18-13.5H FAN SPEED CONTROLLER 5 AMP 120 VOLT Fan Curve ROOF CAP-CRB WIBDSCR 600 0.80 400 O.t10 No q 0.40 200 D.20 100 Fan Curve Le end CFM va SP 0.00 0.00 CFM vs watts 0 100 200 300 400 500 Point of Operation O Flow(CFM lu S stem Curve ves.n.rieer u: .wereu.o.wi..� Page 1 of 4 • Cei'i^RttOHrn:1B�MklRwM�Razen•C 17 PSIS ultra uw.w�m iv wn vu a �qma*� Pill i a� Ogg Ali - � ?.7hol, I n ; b D W i 1. 1 g� �;9R s Jill � I!- a �2jas�sa:sas 0. � a �aae � a sg day a till I sod m �@ i 9-zI WNW. yr ei_ C m LLLL x 0 � I rI i EMAUST FAN ACEIE A 17O OR APPROVED EOIW:FAN 10 MOIMT INSIDE ATTIC SPACE' P a'6 EXHAUST VENT ACME LOYID O DE ROVEDWJSWT DUCt EOUk;YDLWI TO ROW.PROVIDE 6LSECT NVAC NOM SCREEN AND MOUNTING CURB /�\ 1. SEE OWMO PS-16 FOR NEATER SC EDULE /'�/�/\�\� 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTDR 9ULL PROVRI COMMIT AM PROPOSED COMBINATION LCJVER COMUCTORS M POWER AND CONTROL NVAC.SEE DWG NO, (T,YFj POTiWWT M-445 PS-15 LOUVER OR APPROVED EQUAL.12- WIDE V 12"RION:MOUNT 16" ARM FIN SHOO GRADE-PROVIDE M4AnWD SLEEVE W:D WSECT SCREEN.PROVIDE MOTOR OPERATOR FOR OPERABLE 6 DES, ROw PROPOSE?ElECTICAL EOUPIENT(MiCAU SEE PSIS OR DE NL p@ HVAC PLAN 6 D" Ber erABAM STRANDER BOULEVARD EXTENSION ��11 CALL 48 HOURS ( ems g RENTON _ w>t w��F.ae PHA SE"3E 1-BOO-424 CiMENT 2A 5 BEFORE YOU DIG "'0 m A e nSa°""�00 F= � � PS-10 EmW vAn,rnnRrmn s6aG)um SSfsL'B i CDNTRp.S BUILDING HVAC PLAN.DETAILS,ANTI MOLTER-5555 tm.-l�l-noo F..:lssel a,.zzsu Na WEvsrpN or w7c Am .�.. `vz om. ,o0 22i I I • • • Neudorfer Enalneers. Instrument Calibrations Instrument Type Air Data Meter with owhood Instrument Manufacturer Shortridge Instrument Model Number ADM 870 Instrument Serial If M07269 Calibration Due Date 12/2312014 Instrument Type Tachometer Instrument Manufacturer Shim o DT-205L Instrument Model Number Type B Instrunwnt Serial# C4AB0095 Calibration Due Date 11125/2014 Instrurnent Type Am Probe Instrument Manufacturer Fluke Instrument Model Number 333 Clamp Meter _ Instrument Serial# S94210475 Calibration Due Date 12J17/2014 Instrument Type Temperature Probe Instrument Manufacturer Shortrid e Instrument Model Number ADM 870 Instrument Serial# M07269 Calibration Due Date 12/23/2014 Instrument Type Air Foil Instrument Manufacturer Shortrid e Instrument Model Number ADM 870 Instrument Serial# M07269 Calibration Due Date 12/23/2014 Instrument Type Hydrodata Multimeter Instrument Manufacturer Shorbridge Instrument Model Number HDM-250 Instrument Serial# W1007 Calibration Due Data 6117/2014 13 • • • !"7 • Quotation Prepared For. STRANDER BOC,_EVARD EXT. By Salesperson: 126 MCC Name: MCC A-B Reference: 01622839/0001 W'.ring Type: B-T Control anc Power Tem oral Blocks Enclosure Type: 1G-with Gasketed Doors Volts: 480 Volts!60 Hertz Available=ault Current: 42000A Country Standards: United States Unit Nameplate Type: Phenolic-Black with White Letters Heater Elements: Not supplied Date,Time. 06I01/12-16:05 Motor Control Center Details Wirng Diagram In Central Location Section Depth:Front Mcunteo, 15'Deep Hortzontel Neutral Bus Rating:Full-Rated Section Height.90"High Horizontal Neutral Bus Location:Below Main Power Bus Bottom Plates) No Stab Opening Protection:Manual Shutters MCC Connection Type: Main Circuit Breaker Neutral Connection Plate Location:None Incoming'_Ine Cable Entry:Top Master Nameplate Quantity:1 Ground Lug Size:#6 AWG-250 kcmil(1 Supplied as Standard) Total Section(s):4 Main Bus Rating:600A Total Blocks(s):3 Main Bus Material:Copper Tin Plated Total Unit(s):11 Main Bus Bracing:42kA(rms symmetrical) Total Shipping BlodQs):3 Horizontal Ground Bus Size: 1/4"X 1" Section Depth:Front Mounted,1S'Deep Horzontai Ground Bus Plating:Tin Section Height 90"High Horizontal Ground Bus Location:Bottom Enclosure:1G-with Gasketed Doors Vertical Ground Bus Type:Plug-in Copper is Customer STRANDER BOULEVARD EXT Prepared - MCC 126 Name- MCC Proposal M 0162283910001 Date/Time: 06/0'112-16:05 Page 1 of 7 • Description Rating Unit Features Unit ID#1 400A Top Mounted,400A Trip,65k at 480V(K6D Frame) Oty: 1 Lugs Supplied:Mechanical Type Line Lugs for Copper/Aluminum Wire,500 kcmil Size MCB-Main 3-Pole Circuit Breaker Wire, 1 Cables Per Phase Options:Full-Rated Incoming Neutral Bus Engineered Spec(syModitation(s):Modifications(Quantity/Mods): (1)REF SHEET PS-14/MAIN BREAKER (1)ADD PHASE MONITOR RELAY OF TIME MARK SERIES 257 (1)ADD CON?ROL TERMINAL BLOCKS FOR PHASE MONITOR OUTPUT Unit ID#2 Trip Current:30A Qty:1 Circuit Breaker:Inverse Time,BSkA at 480V(16C Frame) FCBX-Empty Unit Insert with Circuit Space Factor:1.5 Breaker Options:Unit Ground Stab: Tin plated solid copper unit ground stab Engineered Spec(s)/Modification(s):Modifications(Quantity/Mods): (1)REF SHEET PS-14/SPD (1)ADD TPS MODEL ST160-3Y480 TVSS Unit ID#3 Wiring Diagram.CS70433494 Oty:1 Metering Type:Bulletin 1404-M5 Powermonitor 3000 with RS-485 and Ethernet METR-Metering Compartment Communications(3-phase,4-wire) Ammeter Scale:600A Options:Unit Ground Stab: Tin plated solid copper unit ground stab Control Wire Markers: Heat Shrink type markers Unit ID#4 Trp Current:40A Qty:1 Wiring Diagram:GS70510019 XFMR-Control and Lighting Secondary Wiring,Fusing&Rating:Single Phase-12O/240V secondary with 2 secondary fuses,15 kVA Circuit Breaker:Inverse Time,65kA at 480V(16C Frame) • Options:Unit Ground Stab: Tin plated solid copper unit ground stab Unit ID#5 Panel Type&Rating:Single Phase 3-Wire(1201'240 Volts),100A,16 total circuits Qty:1 Bolt-On Branch Breakers:13-2OA 1-Pole Circuit Breaker(s), 1-30A 1-Pole Circuit LPAN-Lighting Panel,Main Circuit Breaker(s), 1-30A 2-Pole Circuit Breakers) Breaker,with T-handle Door Engineered Spec(syModification(s):Modifications(Quantity/Mods): Latches (1)REF SHEET PS-14116lL (1)TIN PLATED COPPER MAIN BUS (1)TIN PLATED COPPER NEUTRAL BUS (1)WIRE PANEL TO TRANSFORMER (1)MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER IS BOA TRIP RATED (1)MODIFY 30Al2POLE BREAKER TO QBHW BREAKER(22KAIC) (1)MODIFY 30A11POLE BREAKER TO QBHW BREAKER(22KAIC) (1)MODIFY 20A11POLE BREAKER TO QBHW BREAKER(22KAIC) (1)MODIFY MAIN BREAKER TO QBHW BREAKER(22KAIC) Customer- STRANDER BOULEVARD EXT. • Prepared by: 126 Job Name: MCC Proposal#: 0182283910001 Date/Time: 06/01/12-16:05 Page 2 of 7 • Untt ID#6 50 HP Size/Rating:85A Oty-2 Wiring B-T Control and Power Terminal Blocks SMC-Combination Soft Starter Current Rating:85A Controller(SMC-Flex) Circuit Breaker:Instantaneous;100kA at 480V(,-MCP Frame) Human Interface Module:Standard Integra',HIM Control:Transformer with Secondary Fuse,Standard Capacity,Pnmary Fusing, 120V/6OHz Control Wiring:#14 AWG Cu(Tinned),Type MTW Options.Selector Switch: OFF-ON Pilot Lights): ON-OFF, Type: Push-To-Test LED, Colors): Green-Red Add Pilot Light: OVERLOAD[FAULT for SVC and VFD 753], Type Push-To-Test LED, Color: Red Unit Ground Stab: Tin plated solid copper unit ground stab Starter Mounted Auxiliary Contacts: 1 Normally Open, 1 Normally Closed Disconnect Mounted AuAliary Contacts. 1 Normally Open,0 Normally Closed E 0 Normally Open mounted internally,0 Normally Closed mounted internally Control Wire Markers: Heat Shrink type markers Control Circuit Ring Lugs Line Side Protective Module High Interrupting Capacity Engineered Specs)/Modificaticr(s):Size of unit Is non standard. Mod fical iorLs(Quantity/Mods): (1)REF SHEET PS-14118/P-1/2 (7)ADD 700-HF32A1-4 CONTROL RELAY(CR2,CR3,CR4,CR5,CR6,CR7,CR8) (2)ADD 700-HRC12TA17 TIME DELAY RELAY(Ti (1)ADD BULLETIN 104 BYPASSASOLATION CONTACTORS(72AMPS) (1)ADD POWER CORRECTION CAPACITOR,10KVAR(-40KV) (1)ADD SWITCHING CONTACTOR AND TIMING CIRCUIT FOR PFCC'S (1)ADD ELAPSED TIME METER(4M (1)ADD OPERATIONS COUNTER OF RED LION MODEL CUB21_ (1)ADD AMMETER OF CROMPTION 016-02 (3)ADD CT OF GE-MULTININ MODEL 2DARL (1)ADD AMMETER SWITCH OF KRAUS&NAIMER MODEL CA11 (1)ADD SOFT STARTER ALARM RESET PUSH BUTTON (1)ADD RESET PUSH BUTTON • (1)ADD AUX CONTACT FOR BYPASS CONTACTOR (1)ADD EMERGENCY STOP PUSHBUTTON (1)ADD BYPASS-SOFT STARTER 2 WAY S/SW WITH AUX.CONTACT(KEYED) (1)ADD PUSH TO TEST LED TYPE RED PICLT LIGHT (1)ADD PUSH TO TEST LED TYPE WHITE PIOLT LIGHT (1)ADD 70QrHRC12TA17 TIME DELAY RELAY FOR BYPASS (1)ADD BULLETIN 193 E1 PLUS BYPASS OIL RELAY (1)ADD UNIT DEVICE MARKERS (1)PILOT DEVICES SHALL BE 30.5MM DIA (1)ADD 700-HF32Z24-4 CONTROL RELAY(CR1) (1)CPT WITH EXTRA CAPACITY (1)PROVISION FOR MINICAS 120 (1)ADD 4.0 SPACE FACTORS Customer: STRANDER BOULEVARD EXT. Prepared by: 126 Job Name: MCC • Proposal#: 01822839/0001 DatefTime: OB/01112-16:05 Page 3 of 7 • Rockwell Aummnttm/,UIm-Bfadlry CENTF.RONE MOTOR CONTROL CE TER LINE-UP A 06 SMC 06 SMC 08 DOOR 01 MCB B C 07 DOOR D 05 LPAN E 03 METR F 90.00 [22861 G 02 FCBX H 04 XFMR f K 07 DOOR L 08 DOOR M 1 2 3 4 1 I H r,e 2015081+20(5081 —40[10161 tx[ tq 1u[suu� 2u(wlrl �[5oal • f!i NOTE:Dimensions sm wbjea to change after design nrvic— ENCLOSURE:L G-wide Gasketed Dons CUSTOMER :STRANDER BOULEVARD EXT. SECTION CODE LHOEVD SALESPERSON:126 6=600A.a1iw bus in section NB=Naurd cormcdo m pine m bottom of sw6m MCC :MCC 9=9-iacb wimway seamen NT=M ut al cameaace plate is top ofsocdm C=comer mcdon P=Pugbmmwatedwlopofsedion PROPOSAL# :1622839/1 H-Hariaauul neutral bus V-9-ierch wherry has vamal no"ben DATE/TIME :06/01/12/16:05:41 l=buwnung lice in seeiw Lane.Up PW i ur 1 • Page 4 of 7 • Understanding Rockwell Automation Layouts 121 _ Unit ID to correspond with Unit List page 11 DOOR 12 WC 09 fiifif! 05 FWR 03 n%R B 'b HEIR C of 5;m— w row 03 rmR D flfnrR 06 ras E 02F" OnNO Unit Abbreviation 90.00 F (see Unit Legend below) [2286]G 1:12 ftnnrot 04 irWWR H I 1170001t 09 XFMR j '5 DOOR to PLIC - E+ +5 CCOR t1 t" ! M --, 1 3 4 6 60 115241 --------60[16241---__r_._-- Shippin�Sprit dicator 13 zo 20 20 20 ao io - P l�l IW1 lam] PWI POM tom] � Unit Legend ENCLOSURE:1-General Purpose FVLC—Full Voltage Lighting Contactor j FVR—Fail Voltage Reversing Starter SECTION CODE LEGEND FVN R—Full Voltage Non,-Reversing Starter 6=600 amp vertical bus in section N-Neutral connection plate in section 9=9-inch wirsway section P=Pull bon.mounted on top of section TS2W—Two Speed 2-Winding Starter C w Corner section V-9-inch wireway has Vertical Neutral Bus TSB W—Two Speed 1-Winding Starter H=Horizontal Neutral Bus W=implioit9-inch wireway in section TSRZW—Two Speed Reversing 2-Wlnding I=Incoming line in section TSR1 W—Two Speed Reversing 1-Winding RVAT—Reduced Voltage Autotransfomvr MLUG—Main Incomer Lug Compartment SPACE FACTOR(SF): A space factor is 13.0 inches(330 mm)of FLUG—Feeder Lug Compartment vertical height. METR—Metering Compartments MFDS—Main Incorn r Fused Disconnect SAfth FDS—Feeder Fused Disconnect Snitch MCB—Main In mer Cimult Breaker FCB—Feeder Circuit Breaker LPAN—Frame Mounted Lighmng Panel XFMR—Cor4 d&Ligiftng Transfor er Unit SMC—Combination Solld-State Motor Controller VFD—Vartabie Frequency Drive Unit DOOR—Spare Space Covered with Blank Door Page 5 of 7 • • General Clarifications 1, Rockwell Automation has quoted the standard Allen-Bradley Bulletin 2100 MCC design with optional features in order to meet the intent of the customer specifications. Rockwell Automation has listed in this section any significant differences between the customer specifications and the quoted design;however,the customer should review this proposal to insure that the Rockwell Automation design meets the intended requirements. Clerical errors and omissions are subject to correction. 2. The MCC is constructed to meet or exceed the requirements within NEMA ICS3-322,UL845,CSA,and IEC 439-1 for MCCs. The MCC is designed,manufactured,and tested in facilities registered to ISO 90011. 1!is the responsibility of the owner andior installer to know and meet local codes,additional standards and OSHA requirements. All standard units are UI listed. However,some customized units with special modifications are not UL listed. 3. Proposed layouts herein may vary from those on the request for quotation due to differing sizes of units between manufacturers. 4. Estimated weight of the MCC is 550 pounds per section. 5. In-process inspection and testing by the customer's representative is not feasible under the manufacturing process inspection systems used by Rockwell Automation. Witness testing at Rockwell Automation facilities is available for S750.00 net per day The customers representative will receive the services of an electrical test person. Indicate upon entry of the order if witness testing is desired. Product Design Clarifications Vertical Sections • To assure structural rigidity,vertca'sections have intemal base mounting angles at the bottom and external lifting angles at the top running continuous within each shipping block. The mounting angles replace the need for external sills;they can be bolted or welded to the user's foundation. To minimize the chance of fault propagation to adjacent sections,each vertical section has side sheets extending the full height and depth of the section. Horizontal wireways of standard sections,both top and bottom,are B"(150mm)high. To prevent damage to cable insulation,the W reway opening between sections have rounded comers and the edges are rolled back. A permanent vertical wireway wall separates units from the vertical wireway and remains intact even with units removed. • Most surfaces are painted ANSI 49light gray if MCC enclosure is NEMA Type 1,NEMA Type 1 with gasket or NEMA Type 12 The exterior of NEMA 3R MCCs is panted white.. Each unit back plate is painted white. All unpainted parts are plated for resistance to corrosion. The horizontal power bus is continuously braced within each section. To ensure the reliability of the splice connections,both ends of the horizontal power bus splices have at least two(2)bolts The horizontal power bus is connected to the vertical bus with two(2) • bolts,and each bolt is independently capable of handling the load. The vertical power bus is continuously braced and sandwiched in a glass-filled polyester molding. The bus is isolated from the user via a red ncn-metallic cover. The vertical power bus is copper with the same plating as the horizontal bus. Units • A grounding stab is provided on each plug-in unit,such that the stab engages onto the vertical ground bus prior to the power stabs engaging. • Non-reversing starters are plug-in design through 250A. • The operator handle of all units ws interlocked with the MCC frame,so that a unit insert cannot be withdrawn or inserted when the operator is in the ON position. • To minimize exposure to live terminals,terminal blocks are mounted within each unit, nct in the vertical wireway Documentation Clarifications All drawings and publications are 8.5"x 11'or smaller and easily copied. 2. Approval drawings will be provided on CD(up to 3 copies)and include front elevations structure descriptions,unit descriptions,and unit wiring diagrams. A,Iow 6-8 weeks for submittal of approval drawings. Additional re-submittal of approval drawings due to customer changes will be at an adder of 5%of net order value unless other change charges apply. 3 As built documentation provided inside each MCC line-up includes front elevation,structure description,unit description,nameplate data,and unit wiring diagrams. 4. One printed copy of all documentation is supplied in the Motor Control Center. If requested,a service manual can be provided on CD (up to 3 copies). The CO contains front elevations,structure descriptions,unit descriptions,nameplate data,wiring diagrams, installation instructions,and renewal parts publication. Additional CDs are available at$50 net each. CDs are furnished 30 days after shipment. Network Validation(applicable only if MCC has built-in DeviceNet or Etheme111P network) When IntelliCENTER°L DeviceNet or EthemetllP MCCs are provided,the factory validates the MCC network to assure optimum performance: • Media—cable length(DeviceNet),cable type,connections,connector hardware Nodes-proper baud rate(DeviceNet),addressing • Performance-all nodes communicating properly On-site extensions and additions to the network,including connections to other networks and external equipment(such as PLCs)cannot be verified prior.o shipment Also,network traffic depends upon field variables such as PLC and HMI programming and cannot be analyzed beforehand. Rockwell Automation offers service options to help assure smooth startup of networked MCCs. These options range from • Page 6 of 7 • design ana:ysis of the final network architecture to on-site messuremert and analysls of network performance. Prices for these services range from approbmateiy$1200(design)to$1B00 plus travel expenses(on-site)per network. For more info matlon on these services, please contact your local Allen-Bradley sales representative or authorized distributor Customer Services Rockwell Automation has additional customer services available that you may wish to consider for this MCC project. These include the following, • MCC Inspections at the factory • MCC Witness Testing at the Factory • Start-up Assistance • Training Warranty Extensions or Modifications • Spare Parts Suggestions • Additional Service Manuals or Special DocumertaGon For more information and pricing on these services,please contact your local Allen-Bradley sales represertwive or authorized distributor. Additional Clarifications Speclflc to this Project • Page 7 of 7 • Total Protection . • Solutions . .. ServiceTrack. ST 160 , SYSTEm FEATURES Providing the highest level of protection Two suppression technologies:MOV wi:h:he lowest let-through voltage in and all mode Erhanced Transient Fitter to industry UL 1283 Tracking Filter Fail-Safe Design Utra,Compact Footprint—efficiency • Optional Component Leve Fusing and performance Single pulse tested at independent 3rd • 30-Year Unlimited Free Replacement party lab Warranty 4 Form C dry relay contacts and audible Weatherproof Nema 4 steel enclosure alarm with silence button '�PRODUCTSPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE CONFIGURATIONS Maxirwm Rated Surge Current:II per phase;801 per mode Model Number Description Application: ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Location C,B&A. Ideal for TK-ST160-1 P120 120VAC,1a 2-wire+grd distribution panels,brarc-i panels and critical loacs TK-ST160-1 P240 240VAC,to 2-wire+grd Design: Optimum performing parallel hybrid with TK-ST160-1 S240 120/240VAC,le SPLIT-PHASE,3-wire+grd component level fusing TK-ST160-3Y208 120/208VAC,3e WYE,4-wire+grd Warranty: 30-Year Unlimited Free Replacement TK-ST160-3Y380 220/380VAC,3e WYE,4-wire+grd • Safety Listing: UL 1449 3nt Ed.,Tyoe 1 for Type 1 &Type 2 locations and UL 1283 TK-ST160-3Y415 240/415VAC,3a WYE,4-wire+grd TK-ST160-3Y480 277/480VAC,3o WYE,4-wire+grd ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS TK-ST160-3Y600 347/600VAC,3e WYE,4-wire +grd Modes of Protection: All Modes. L-N,L-L,L-G,&N-G TK-ST160-30240 120/240VAC,3e high-leg DELTA,4-wire+grd Input Power Frequency:40-44OHz(47-64 Hz with enhanced (B phase must be 208V) filter option) TK-ST160-240NN 240VAC,3e DELTA,3-wire+grd Response Time: <1 nanosecond TK-ST160-38ONN 380VAC,3o DELTA,3 wire+grd Standard Monitoring: Status indicator lights lone per phase &one service LED);Form C dry relay contacts for suppressor TK-ST160-480NN 480VAC,3e DELTA,3-wire+grd TK ST160 600NN 600VAC,3e DELTA,3-wire+grd status;Audible alarm with silence button Short Circuit Current Rating: 200 kAIC on all units. No upstream over-current protection required on CLF unit. AVAILABLE OPTIONS Non CLF units require 60A Max fuse or breaker. Orderas a S & Example:7K-ST160-3Y2084L MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Enhanced Transient Filter(ETF):add suffix"-F" • Component Level Fusing(CLF):add suffix"-L Dimensions(approx.):11.50"H x 8.2B"W x 6.28"D Surge Counter:add suffix"-B" (292 mm H x210 mm W x 160 mm D) NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure:add suffix"-XX" Enclosure: Steel Weather-proof.NEMA 4(IP 56) Connection: Hardwired via internal lugs#10 AWG42 AWG Order as a Separate Item(30 year Warranty) (5.26 mm2-26.7 mm2) Non-Fused Disconnect Switch: Mounting: Multi-point mounting feet O4-200KAIC-60A-3/4(for Nema 4 steel) Operating Environment: -40'C to 70'C(-40°F to 150'F) DN-200KAIC-60A-XX-3/4(for Noma 4 stainless steel) 5%to 95%non-condensing humidity EMI/RF1 FILTER ATTENUATION—MIL STANDARD 220B Weight 12 lbs.(5.4 kg) I mquency Arenuation 1kHz 2 dB FR`-` ENT 10 Hz 17 dB R;FLA61 MV 1G0kHz 40 dB *30 WM* 1MHz 18 dB (�sus 10MHz 8d8 CMax.Az 1ddMax.Attenuation Frequency 41 dB®106 kHz 7r 30 TEM* UL 1449 Made in U.S.A. Page t of 2 Total Protection Solutions ServiceTrack. ST Aso 4CJ.31 107.94 (4X • • Peak Let-Through _V. _ _ Voltage Level-40V — Reference Level Zero 11,50 '0 0o t0.75 Crowing of AC Sine Wave .101 Z54.0P 1273,101 I i For 120/108V Configuration ANSIAEEE CU-41.1 Gregory At Ring Wave • • 2000Y,67A Test Plot L-N Mode,Dynamic, 0.61 0.38_ 6,28 188'Phan Angle, I15.49; (9.53) 1159 541 6'Leeds,Positive Polarity 1.14 G_= AC Sine Wave t msecldly Horizontal !28.93: It�-4 :+ All measurements in inches 11nnl 500 Mega sompl"Aae �y 55Yldiv vertical 2,Cz32'. ANSI/M C62.41.1-20012,CM411-2002,&C62.45-2OC2 Measured Limited Vaho UL Voltage Ratings ETF Models All Models All Models UL 1449 2^9 EI— A1 Ring Wave 83/Cl knpulse Wave C3 Imppulse Wave UL 1449 3ro Edition Model System System Protection 20,57A 6k ,UA 20kV 10kA Voltage Protection Number Voltage Ct7n�IgUfatlO'1 Mode MCOV 180'Phase Angle 90'Phase Angle 90'Pnasa Angle Ratings L-N 150V 40V 651V 960V 400/700 Phase TK-ST1g0.1P120 120V 1- L-G 150V 16Y 640V 1010V 4001100 2-wire+grnd N-G 150V 54V 646V B60V 400/700 320V 42V 979V 1437V 800 1000 TK-M60 1P240 2411V 1-Phase L-6 320V 81V 96W 1523V 800/1000 2 wire+grnd N-G 320V 50V 979V 1340V 800/1000 L-N 150V 40V 851V 9WV 400/700 1K ST160.15240 120(240V 1-Phase L-G 150V 75V 640V lolov 400700 3-wire+grnd L-L 300V 46V 1041V 1310V 800/1no N-G 150V 40 �1V V 6 9 V 400700 • 3-Phase L-N 150V 40V tY 960V 400/700 700 TKST16q-3v201 12Q=V WYE L-G 300V 46V G40V 131OV 800(120 4-wire+grnd L"L 300V 46V 1041V 1310V 800/1200 N-0 15DV 54V 848V 9WV 4001700 L-N 32DV 42V 969V 1 431V llo/1000 3-Phase L-G 320V B1V 979V 1523V B00/1000 TX-ST160.3Y300 2201390V WYE LI 640V 80V 1792V 2190V 1500/18o0 4-wire+grnd N-G 320V 50V 967V 1340V 600/1DOD L-N 320V 42V 969V 1437V 800/1000 3-Phase L-G 329V 61V 979V 1523V B0011000 TK-ST16g-3Y41 15 240/415V m L-L 640V 60V 179N 219DV 15o0(1800 4-wue+grnd N-G 320V 50V 967V 1340V 800/1000 3-Phase L-N 32DV 42V 959V 1437V 800/1000 TX-ST16a3Y480 777/480V yyyE L-G 84012DV 61V 1792 1523V 15DO I80 4-wire+grnd L-L 320V sav 967 V 1340V 900/1001) N-G 320V SOV 967V 1340V BDO/1000 L-N 420V 58V 1295V 1710V 12owl500 3-Phase L-6 420V 99V 1295V 1783V 1200/1500 7K-ST160-3Y600 347BOCV VVYE L-L 840V 76V 2130V 2893Y 200 MOO 4-wire+grnd N-G 420V 81V 1292V 1610V 1200/150o L-N 150V 40V 654V 960V 4061700 H-N 320V 42V 984V 1437V 800/1DOD 3-Phase L-G 150V 75V 645V 1010V 40GROD TK-STIW30M 120r24CV high-leg DELTA H-G MV 61V 981V 1523V 900/1DOD 4-wire+grnd L-L 320V 46V 1049V 1310V BO0I1000 H-L 470V 46V 129DV 1640V 1500/1500 N-13 150V 54V 154V 860V _ 400/700 3-Phase L-G 320V 565V 9WV 1150V 900/1000 TK-ST166-24ONN 24(rV DELTA 3-wire+gnld L,L 320V 31V 981V 1303V 800/1000 3-Phase L-G 550V 912V 1689V 1870v Isni800 TK-ST160-38DNN 3WV DELTA L-L 550V 39V 1697V 1959V 1500/1800 3-wire+gmd 3-Phase L-6 550V 912V 1689V 1870V 1500/1800 TK-ST169-48ONN 4WV DELTA 3-wire4md L L 550V 39V 1887V 1950Y 1500(1800 3-Phase L-G 75CV 1253V MM 242DV 2000MOO TK-STIS). ONN moo DELTA L-L 75CV 36V 2217V 2410V 2000000 3 wire+gmd ETF=Enhanced Transient Filter(-F suffix). All tests performed with 6'(152 mm)lead length,positive polarity. All voltages are peak values(.10%)measured from the zero reference paint at the phase angles referenced above using a 10 ps/div display rate and 500 Mega sampies/sec sampling rate. Specifications subject to change without n9ce.See web site www.TPSsurge.com for latest revisions. t9700 Total Protection Solutions,LLC • ServieaTroW ST and Total Pratoetionfor fifea For Technical Sup p0rr, am registered trademarks al Total Team Solutions TEL 800.504.9980 wwwTPSsurge.corn 9A4.n1/ST180 Page 2 of 2 • IntelliCENTER' Technology with EtherNet/IP CENTERLINE;21 0 and CENTERLINE 2500 Motor Control Centers NOW s� RocJcwe/ • • aae�r-sr�arer �oaa sarrrrareAuftmation • E.therNet/IP for IntellICE.NTER Technology Integrated,intelligent and intuitive best describes tha latest Inte[KEN`TER Technology offering for CENTERLINE°Motor Control Centers (MCCs). intelItCEN7R Technology corn.Nnes intelligent motor controls,ernbedded systems and pre-configured software to help you enhance perfcrmance by getting an inside look at your motor control appltcawn. In add't;orr to QeviceNet,CENTERUNE MCCs are now available wWi EtherNetPP as one of its factory-va„dated and tested embedded systems.The EtlierNeVIP helps enhance integration, reduces youF MCC setrup time,increases the network speed and allorr6 you to quickly monitor, trcubleshoot and diagnose your MCC from anywhere.CENTERLINE MCCs provide robust rretor control capabil' es with access to the real-time data you need using a network that cc^,municates wth your entire enterprise. r r r � • 2 • E ghKebr� ,rkstatlas C,. t:, r Kral fi7vOl er lvvrw7x.-e aC C p�nr®a..�, � �- v— .e-- � �� -. _ _ -++ems.—.•r...-..—....�..•.4 Etited:al:�*FlrtntAt I I - • �tff�.I�S0f1MCC as,erFtec(k�vrs CHf'. iE2i�fi�iC< Mw;:_.� �a:���:;,;:;�;n.;r Reduce'he tore you^eed to setup ycur t:CC ncrease your access to ir`o:7natian a,cP—:-,3 n- vv,,thout ope.^. ng an MCC dowr I:-IItCEWER c:cgy szves tame at y sap • EnNnce t'�z sa*:r of yc J, er�c-z.y • Save up to 9M an ,-7�-ig ;istz'.a r.i time w;'_,_ r^anrc(irv-fea.-jne data Fcr;�-`Icc t%ids • Fre—ccnf*gumdanc:-.e-tes=_=CCX �:!'tiEKCCw. r.�li�CEv :ecuo:. If-,e'MCc%=-PTechr•o:cgy Reduce(a'sty?ersome•'s expx_.-2 x -azardous • 4ti;:h i?a6*esses,�-e-conle:,ed 5r}C.:r M-C,yo:.are energy LzvzAs z-1.I-elp^'---:zE`ie reec'c's-t u-,' teady tc irnrneCate.y cor4r.L.z.:ate wi.':YiL;:ntz':.gent 'or ro:mne r•a�terance .°re^3�.} -3r. ;.r. rrotor cost"devices zn:'cc-1-txe device pare-•et°rs cc^`g:-ry anc~~ zles--;,c tr-_- over the.etmA Rece a a ►`'-IK zic^s re a de%I:a=fails,sr,yc r Uze RSL%a SOW so,`wa-e tc.eoerage a sr,-rgie ca^ae sCc^er 3 YoU p'og-ammng em,.I-onrrer,:k :.og-x ton:rc'*,s,soft c finned downt•--e stackers,varfaa a speed rr-;ves a^d.rr•A-im voltage war contmi,mlWS • lhj-.c:�---ame eorfg; tic:fora'efy -.:-ee.^ces,,z2.ice Quickly monitor,trouNesileotard diarosis prograemm!rg w a s:-31e scftw3re package your",ACC .,froTr a^j where iJa.'sr.'edK3�T-A ec'mo;a;y:e'-e'p:ze a yc yl fac`�tes up zr,d runr!ng wadi eieawk dec.,:-e^,tawn,remote d'ag ,cstks rod' ve ra�nten:�cez c ea5y r?,:aceT?^t nhance integratecn ,vith your fizci:it-y's of MCC unts corporate F network N r+;its buA,in^etwc yc:.,can t-oub:shot*vaur Mc-e xlbr.Tatrcr-w.`z,-e you--eed -Oiien you -eed rt far WX from arVwhere er vcL-2;70•2,05e's netwllfk superior-!ar'asset rta;age--tert A rep aeerter',;)fug-,•t`r'ei:'CE'v:?; c cz-be • Eastly integrate yct manufactunrg caerarcrzs netr:ork irstzlled cutddy-w&out dts--:trn;;jiver c- w-`-t`e Lvrpomte zet,vc-c helprng Tduce-•aintnance w mu-;,: ;on with adjacent.;•trts cost by reus'-g ex's ing retwo K resources and Loots ,r_ XE%r'. se.`'ware'nduaes e.���-'. vz,skis of Searrlessiy -eg a*e woduct+cr dam arc ta_stness systems your c:"cat dim:ce rimiva:s,c�arstized-h--`-.g diagrams by removing a ne work lays-aetweez devices and t�igher and spore pa i3;G•.s,so zcW'2sI:o,--Ir j in`_,rattan-V level ne x-,tla with o_t samk:ry netvx-k sea:r.ty your MCC is always,-ist a fe;�d-,.ks vwiy • 3 • Efher etffl Embeddeed Svstern GOOV Ethernet Cade ❑a�s;'ldtnit�`�C�f21fD'4",�PC�I;M'-`.r"t'��? :i� eta-:,its :+Ne=n-�rxi�e,+ 61V rabk t Lrizl4t3`!V powet bat.Rrd Cahn'tray 6W" tM n The i+.O 1'wft-t-,aM esceeds VOL#%.xvn- -rxstrirA*M neech fcx OW West rue&ge+x rraottlt "waivt produch aM maint m ft bw"Wian ntedM for hsWidOn*Jib yw ho W*A00 C** in opex.�n¢tatped•,�C�otlrprL�!a�. t3 j!CW use:also � u: 3 its.:.ith the t to be `� ,�� «r_ A C la co 4rgured with eW::-r RSLogii'50M software or through '�9►c.. your web browser,this switch is easy to Configure and maintain. Ttte RSLogix 5000 Add On RoNe (ACK predefined Logix tags and p-e-e.N,,nee:ed hactoryTaIV i� x View HMI diagnostic facepiates allow for access co network status.Integratedyour into CENTrERUNE ACC,the Stratlx ys * ef-W switch is precanftgured C—r for simple setup and immediate a� machine commiss!oning. These robust et#ernet switches are secure,easyte use, . and designed to help ease deployment of your ethernet netword:s on mach!nes and the plant boor. 4 • Intelligent Motor Control A Key pa-f of IntelliCENTER Teu-mlogy is the Airier-3-acley Et Pus Oje(oad;e`ays fcr S. rs family of worie r'ass„1'ellcertVcx-ro*-t-cl devices. i3 r"i�:s Ovw-(oaa Relays{or Sti:ys T`-ese eevices pxvlde yc i h r i both ca-.Tc'and 1/0 diagnostic infc.,..atir,to^-ake manag`rx yc::r system SW..--"Flex Soft 5;zr;ers vmpfe ar d efficse '_ • Powa:Hex'Drives • + 1 r ii IIi •- E,�i!ii IP .00 .* 1/IUOf• • � . � ��s! 1 . Sir-) RWm CClmmi130w11ng 7*6 with FY'EI11ler ln%WWN t Premier h;`agr3t:or&,eg!ates-he adr�w'C2,-JZ ii:ies e °*R' „ 9i .•N J�e Ro&w—'AUsvraClon!itecrcatee Arc�VwctL a'td e n c,xar► Oi°� ;� ccrnm lnicaUC Cep ai'...�S � 1=.�{C'c" �1 ' a1, you } r .,-.: e:•tt cater car actoeve an unma d ed level o:'nteRrB`_JP.xt%A-een your •4�` "" � S its dcmce5 a^:d Mr'lu "c'S. By configL;!ng tie devices in your MCC L5[:.g RSLz;m 5CCC saf wwev you can consolidate ccrtroller progr2mmme,a^d Ote;lIgent r vtm ' ocr:To,Con�.gur.-Wn%Io a s:;^gle,integ,ated erv;ron.nent,help 7,g m sic^rficantly,Tduee t.re for both cn.3m-Ing a^d c r—ISSM 1g 1�- 5 • ]rnte-INCENTER Software nelliCENTER Tecl�oo!oq;offers an intuitive software package customized for vcjr MCC.This ffexible software package can be rnodified to operate with you,specfic processes and appiications.in addition, you can confFg4:e,monitor and diagnose your entire system remotely.VAtz seeveral views o;your MCC, you get easy access to info;7naton for simple configuration and q;.iick troubiesnonting. 51r.io&d TEo.e}S6s1►aeod-i�-, --.— - capture elusive cf cnterrn ttent p:cblems vrth trending and event loeg��cz{�abilities i ; _- - • feceNe not fckons of potential prt b!e—^-via email and text r,.essage • Inckides ActiveX Conuels for easy _ - • Vzegration, on-machme FIMs - u - He--tron!e docimentation customzed for your o-der -Waing diag-ams Use-Tanuals t -Spare parts fists • CTres,ze and add new t dccue,zegtation to meets the ! � needs of your systen over tare a I • 6 • increase Sofetp and sec atyr IttNECENTER Software Spcifrcatlons - `t4cr for key p arixems remotely Re", 'IOU L2 4.9se+�es Ccrig,re dev!oes with_he ur.t door cosed • All configj:rai:cn c'iarges are a�MrnatM..auy }_ `� ' ;.acted thrc,-,3h the even. .g Sass es per grad 'i 5,�:i > -Ylk�tsl�ewlR 411A .y t-- • Jser access!s ass€gied wth a =Zpk "'� -.----_ Etiea spec:n�� 32,7" atoEte mar der w� Dowxwss per;:.sn 3 1,7E flax tars n YwNs cm at 0mv " h One lr+teUKEIti3Saftn7reiicerse-1^s]Cte !L-lt4e.X—C*UmoYa!Az Lr.NWG:!"015 - ...•...•� �,•, ,o � � .,. � 7��ty Systee: �rdoves 7tP ' � ._ V!~eo�eso-�nt�►' 1�x7cdrriDt�aecaior (4 A cr het st _ (D-�lr4 #e16X �F • tatipmved AvalWa tity rdentfiy Issues Dell a they'+esuk in urplanred e3;vrt4m - Ccmrnurtirate war"beige a ■ 8:lit tKCvrs ..•• - Diagnose issues wd^ou: 3V'Ig w. ` t0OC<-JlJ';C' remme a ir.;' M alp••• .r. a.v 7 s : • Starters catmIGG Number E1 Plus overload relay 193c-m E3 Plus overload relay 21oo-ENET Distributed VO Point VO 1734-AENT Soft Starters SMC Flex Soh Starter 20-caaR..M-E Powerflex*40 22-COA'Vt-E Variable Frequency Drives P werFle O 70 20-00WAi-E Powerflex"700 2ft-tAA/�M-E PowerFlex`753 20-CO,'r4-WE User-supplied 115V Kald��aoassra5cr�erRtc Power SuppliesDisconnect option �rmkct!9 rz(x �—l�r�Ll^t�21X9X s i r9&(peV1ffi-X"'a(19MM2WIM Circuit breaker option sdul a gr ' g2WS60C:} 6.i• r . e •Integrated LLdrstnal •Powerftex Drves •C.cis`arsl(zed to networks •S.AC Flex Soft Stwe': cmrfrgcrte,r 1on[tas� •Factory valldated •Starters&Ct vioad mays and diagnose yout- A)� •Dis rtbited VC Modutes s�,rsLerr rema`�eiy Rockwell Automation,Inc NYSFRO'Ki,d)e word's Iargest company dedicated to;rrdustr'21� (ts custerr£rs r e productive and the world more susta;nab;e.Throughout the world,our flagshn A, errEraee)('and Rockwei 5cftware°p oduc brands are recogr?zed fir€nnaation and exceVence Foilow ROKAutorratiin onTwttter a N 13 connect wrth us on Facebook and LLnkedL;: Ah Brad'ey,lnreyrted Amhid eetee ultim Thn4.Salve.FeUmMawork and! 5dhvare we aademam of Rodmei,Autamuen Inc ww—AvcI cwellautomation.com 1hwM Control god tn&rmatioa Soreriom Headgta.rtm An kw:Rohwa Aurosracian.1201 South S=nd S=cc bOwaukm W1$1204-24%USA.Td:k 1)41+3921=Far(1)414-3824%44 EwoW Wkkd&Eau,Afi a:Rowel(Aimumam NV,Pegams Pads.De 4c-loan 1h.1931 DWSM BcW=,Td:(32)2663 0600,Fax,(3112 W 0640 • Ash PsdSe:Rockwell Auramadon.Irsd A Core F.Cybapcet 3.100 Cybapam Road.HongKw4p Tel:(952)2W 4M.Far:(05212509 It" Rom..--aa,ff=-L7=1a4"-Ap:ian cac�®x1imm.Ve:Win. "W-rt^:orspfsmYd.p'ad;,usa • Procurement Specification Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers __ e i Mali E � Rotkwe • ' o �rtomaflon aaaen-er�y • rmurGau son: Table of Contents • CENTERLINP 2100 Low Voltage General information .............................................. 5 Motor Control Centers MCC Structure........................ ........................... 5 Vertical Sections............................................... 5 MCC Structure Coinponents .................................. 7 Horizontal Wireways.......................................... 7 Vertical Wireways ............................................. 8 PowerBus .................................................. 8 Horizontal Power Bus ......................................... 8 Vertical Power Bus ............................................. 9 Horizontal Ground Bus........................................ 9 Vertical Ground Bus.......................................... 10 Horizontal Neutral Bus....................................... 10 Incoming Line Lug Compartment ............................. 10 Main Fusible Disconnect...................................... II Main Circuit Breaker......................................... 11 MCC Unit Design ............................................... I I Power Stab Assembly .....................L........I.......... 12 Withdrawable Power Stabs........... ......................... 13 Disconnect Handle Mechanism................................ 14 Disconnecting Means......................................... 15 Terminal Blocks.............................................. 15 Control Wiring.............................................. 16 • PowerWire.................................................. 16 ControlPower ............................................... 16 Pilot Devices.......................................... ....... 17 UnitDoors .................................................. 17 Nameplates...................................................... 17 IntelliCENTER'Tcchnology ..................................... 18 DcviceNet Cable............................................. 18 EtherNet/IP Cable .................... ....................... 18 DeviceNet Cable Layout...................................... 19 EtherNct/IP Cable Layout...........................I........ 19 PowerSupply ................... .......... ....... ......... 19 ScannerModules............................................. 20 DeviccNct System Performance....... ......................... 20 DeviceNct Units ............................................. 21 EtherNct/IP Units ............. .............................. 22 Programming of Parameters................................... 23 IntelLiCENTIR Software..................................... 24 Testing............................ .......................... 24 • Rockwell Automation PWAcidon 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 3 • Table of Coatertts Notes: • • q Faicweii Automation PLolicatian2"i0G-S3012C-E`4-P Augu3t2011 CENTERLINE® 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers General Information The motor control center(MCC)shall be Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE 2100. The NfCC shall be designed,manufactured,and tested to meet or exceed the requirements within NEMA ICS-18,UL845,CSA C22.2 No. 14 and EN 60439-1 for motor control centers. The MCC shall perform its function when exposed to a seismic event as defined by the 2006 International Building Code seismic requirements for electrical equipment. The MCC shall have an altitude class of 6600 ft(2 km). The MCC shall have an ambient operating temperature of 0...40°C(32...104°F) with up to 95%noncondensing humidity. The MCC shall be designed,manufactured,and tested in facilities registered to ISO 9001 quality standards. The MCC shall be dead front construction incorporating horizontal and vertical • power bus,including neutral bus as required and horizontal and vertical ground bus as required. The MCC shall consist of one or more vertical sections bolted together forming a rigid,free-standing assembly designed to permit future addition of vertical sections and interchanging of the units. The MCC shall be designed for up to 600V. MCC structure Vertical sections Vertical sections shall be rigid,free standing structures with heavy duty internal mounting angles running continuous within the shipping block.Two clearance holes shall be provided in each section for bolting or welding to the prepared mounting site.Optional external mounting channels 1-1/2 x 3 in. (38.1 x 76.2 mm)shall be available.A removable continuous steel lifting angle shall be provided on all shipping blocks,except for NEMA Type 3R and Type 4 where the lifting angle is optional. Each vertical section shall be 90 x 20 x 15 in.(2286 x 508 x 381 mm)HxWxD. Vertical sections shall also be available as 20 in.deep(508 mm).Some vertical sections may be wider than 20 in.(508 m:n)due to larger equipment or extra- width vertical wireway. • Rockwel I Automation Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-Auqust 2011 5 • CEN'UM0 2100 Low Voltage Mawr Conwl Centers Back-to-back vertical sections shall be made up of two separate vertical sections. The front and back sections shall have separate horizontal and vertical power bus providing the same phasing on units,both front and back.Full usage of unit space shall be available for front and back sections.There shall be no back plate between the sections.The horizontal power bus shall be linked,front to rear, with a factory installed U-shaped bus splice assembly. The maximum standard number of sections per shipping block for front mounted section shall be three,The maximum standard number of sections for bats-to-back sections shall be six. Generally,any section wider than 20 in.(508 mm)shall require its own shipping block,but sections with 9 in.(229 mm)vertical wireway shall be available in a 2-section shipping block. To minimize the chance of fault propagation to adjacent sections,each section shall have side sheets extending the full height and depth of the section. Each vertical section shall be equipped wirh a removable one piece top plate Removable end plates shall be used to cover the horizontal power bus and horizontal wireway openings at each end of the MCC. Vertical sections shall contain 6.0 space factor or 78 in.(1981 mm)of plug-in space. • All endosurc metal work shall have rounded edges and shall be tightly fitted with no visible air gaps.Gaskcting made of closed cell neoprene material shall be used. MCC enclosures shall be designed and built according to NEMA standards.The following NEMA Tvpes shall be available: • NEMA Type I (IP20,IP30,IP40) • NEMA Type I with gasketing around perimeter of unit doors (IP20,IP30,IP40) • NEMA Type 12(IP54) • NEMA Type 3R non walk-in(IP44) • :NEMA Type 4 non walk-in(IP65) All struc=al metal parts shall undergo a multi-step cleaning,rinsing,and painting process resulting in complete paint coverage of uniform thickness.The process shall be maintained and controlled by ISO 9001 quality standards. All interior and exterior surfaces shall be painted ANSI 49 medium light gray. The interior vertical wnreways and unit back plates shall be painted high visibility gloss white.The exterior of NEMA Type 3R MCCs shall be painted ultraviolet resistant,high gloss white;recognized by UL for outdoor use. All unpainted surfaces shall be plated for corrosion resistance. Stainless steel structural parts shall not be painted. • 6 Rockwell Automation Puolication 2100-5R012GEN-P-August 2011 CFWERiINE°2100 Low Voltage Motor Con-ml Centers • MCC Structure Components The approximate gauges of the components that make up the MCC structure shall be as listed. Side Plates 0.075 ' 1.905 114Re:nforcing`C'Oannel 0.165 2.667Backplate20'Wide 0.075 1.905 Backplate25"-40'Wde 10.105 2.667 12 Bottom Mounting Angle 10.164 4.166 8 Right-Hand Unit Support 0.075 1.905 14 i x Top Plate(all widths) 0.075 1,905 14 Bottom Plate 0.075 1905 14 External End Plate 0.075 1.905 14 Honzo ntal Wi reway Cow 0.060 1.524 16 Wreway Baffle 0.075 1.905 14 Top HorizorrW Wreway Pan 10,060 11.524 16 Unit Door(1.0-5.0 Space Factor) 10.075 1.905 114 Unit Door(6.0 Spare Factor) 0.105 2.667 12 Vertical Wireway Door 0.060 1.524 16 Pull Box Parts' 0.075 1.905 14 • Unit Wrap Around 0.075 1.905 14 Unit Support Pan 0.075 1.905 14 Horizontal Wireways Top and bottom horizontal wireways shall extend the full depth of the MCC. Horizontal wireways shall be 6 in.(152.4 mm)high and extend the length of the MCC with at least one 25 in. (16,129 mmZ)opening between sections.A single opening shall be provided for 15 in.(381 mm)deep sections,and two openings shall be provided for 20 in.(508 mm)deep sections.To prevent damage to cable insulation,the wireway openings between sections shall have rounded corners and the edges shall be rolled back.Horizontal wireways shall be isolated from all power bus bars.Horizontal wireways of back-to-back sections shall allow complete access front to rear.Horizontal wireways shall have removable covers held closed by captive screws. Horizontal wireways for incoming line suctions shall be 6 a 7 in. (152 x 178 mm)HxD isolating the wireway from the incoming line area. • Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 7 • CE.NTERUNP 1100 Low Voltage Mxtor Control Cemm Vertical Wireways An integral 78 in.(1981 mm)full height vertical wireway shall be provided in each standard vertical section isolated from the horizontal and vertical power bus. A permanent vertical-%vireway wall shall separate the units from the vertical wireway,and remain intact when the units arc removed.If a permanent vertical wireway wall cannot be provided,tie bars shall be included in each vertical wireway.Standard vertical wireways shall be 4-3/8 x 7 in.(I I I x 178 mm)WxD. An optional 9 in.(228 mm)wide vertical wireway shall be available,making the section 25 in.(635 mm)wide.A removable hinged door with 1/a-turn pawl-type latches shall cover the vertical wireway.Tie bars shall be available for the vertical wireway. Power Bus The power bus system shall be supported,braced,and isolated by a bus support molded of high strength,non-tracking glass polyester material-Horizontal and vertical power buses shall be fastened together with a bus clamp assembly. Minimum bus bracing shall be 42 kA rms symmetrical with 65 kA and 100 kA rms symmetrical available. • Horizontal Power Bus The horizontal power bus shall be continuous in each shipping block and mounted near the vertical center of the structure,providing optimum heat distribution,power distribution,and ease of maintenance and splicing.The horizontal power bus shall be mounted on-edge in a vertical plane providing maximum strength to magnetic forces.The horizontal power bus shall be mounted in recessed channels of the bus support to protect against accumulation of dust and tracking between phases. The horizontal power bus shall be available as follows: 600...800 A Aluminum with tin plating 600...3000 A Copper with tin plating or copper with silver placing Splicing horizontal power buses shall be accomplished by using a splice kit of the same ampere rating as the horizontal power bus.Double stud clamp assemblies made up of flat washers and pre-assembled nuts and conical washers shall be used. These assemblies shall provide a minimum of two 3/8 in.(9.52 mm)bolted connections on each side of the splice.The splice connections shall be front accessible for servicing.The location of splices shall be indicated by a label on the inside of the vertical v.ireway door. 8 Rockwel Automation Publiration2100-SR011{-EN-P-August2M CENTERLINE'2100 Law WAdge Motor ControiCenters • Vertical Power Bus Vertical power bus bars shall be cylindrical to provide optimum contact with the unit plug-in stabs.Vertical power bus bars shall be continuously braced by a high strength,non-tracking glass polyester material and sandwiched by a glass-filled polycarbonate molded bus cover isolating the vertical power bus from the other vertical phases and the horizontal power bus.The vertical power bus shall be isolated from personnel by a red non-metallic molded cover. The standard vertical power bus shall be a copper tube rated 300 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 600 A rating.An optional copper rod rated 600 A above and below the horizontal power bus for an effective 1200 A rating shall be available. The vertical power bus shall be tin-plated or silver-plated.The plating of the vertical power bus shall match the plating of the horizontal power bus. Shutters shall automatically open when a unit is inserted and automatically dose when a unit is removed,so personnel are not exposed to live vertical power bus bars and so the bus is isolated from arcing faults. Horizontal Ground Bus The horizontal ground bus shall be unplated copper or optional tin-plated • copper and shall be located in the top and/or bottom horizontal wireway. The'/4 x 1 in.(6.35 x 25.4 mm)horizontal ground bus shall have an effective 500 A continuous rating and the i/4 x 2 in.(6.35 x 50.8 mm)shall have an effective 900 A continuous rating. The horizontal ground bus shall have various sized holes evenly spaced along the length for making ground connections. A pressure type mechanical lug shall be mounted on the horizontal ground bus in the incoming line section. An outgoing equipment ground lug,when specified,shall be mounted on the horizontal ground bus. • Rockwell Automation Nblic3don 2100-SRC12C-EN-P-August 2011 9 • CEN ERAP 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centem Vertical Ground Bus A 3116 x 3/4 in.(4.74 x 19.05 mm)zinc-plated vertical plug-in ground bus shall be provided in each standard vertical section.An optional 3/16 x 3/4 in. (4.74 x 19.05 mm)unplated copper or tin-plated copper vertical plug-in ground bus shall be available.The vertical plug-in ground bus shall be mechanically connected to the horizontal ground bus,forming a complete internal grounding sysrem. The vertical plug-in ground bus in combination with the unit ground stab shall establish a first make,last break operation of the ground connection with respect to the power connections for plug-in units. An optional 3/16 x 3/4 in.(4.74 x 19.05 mm)unplated or tin-plated copper vertical unit load shall be available.The vertical unit load ground bus shall be mechanically connected to the horizontal ground bus. The vertical unit load ground bus in combination with the unit load connector shall provide a termination point for the load ground cable at the unit.This fixed connection shall not need to be removed when wlthdrawing the unit from the MCC. • Horizontal Neutral Bus The horizontal neutral bus,when specified for four-wire systems,shall be located above or below the horizontal power bus.Connections to the horizontal neutral bus shall be made though neutral connection plates mounted in the horizontal wireways of various vertical sections.A neutral connection plate or incoming neutral bus riser shall be provided for the termination of the incoming neutral line. A vertical neutral bus may be used in lieu of neutral connection plates cormccted to the horizontal neutral bus.This vertical neutral bus shall be located in a 9 in. (228 mm)wide vertical wireway and shall be mechanically connected to the horizontal neutral bus. Incoming line Lug Compartment Main incoming line lug compartments shall be available in either top or bottom incoming and utilize mechanical or crimp compression lugs.Compartments shall be front accessible. NEMA 2-hole spacing'1-3/4 in.[44.45 mm]between hole centers)and lugs for either aluminum or copper conductors shall be used. • 10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 CENTEALINEs2100 Law Voltage Motor Control(enten • Main Fusible Disconnect Main fusible disconnect units shall consist of a heavy duty switch and fuse block assembly.The unit shall be front accessible and have removable protective barriers on the line side reducing the possibility of accidental conracr with line terminals.Main fusible disconnect units shall be frame mounted(hardwired to horizontal power bus)and shall be located at the top or bottom of the vertical section. Main fusible disconnects through 600 A shall be supplied with either Class J,R. or H fuse blocks while mains 800 A and above shall be supplied with Class L fuse blocks. Main fusible disconnect switches rated through 400 A shall have visible blade- type movable contacts. Main fusible disconnects rated 600...2000 A shall incorporate a bolted pressure contact switch with visible blades and viewing window. Main fusible disconnect switches rated through 800 A shall be suitable for service entrance equipment while mains rated 1200 A and above may require ground fault protection for service entrance labelling. Main Circuit Breaker • Main circuit breaker units shall have inverse time(thermal magnetic or electronic)circuit breakers.The unit shall be front accessible and has removable protective barriers on the line side reducing the possibility of accidental contact with line terminals.Main circuit breaker units shall be frame mounted and shall be located at the top or bottom of the section. MCC Unit Design Plug-in units shall consist of unit assembly,unit support pan,and unit door assembly. Plug-in units shall be supported and guided by removable unit support pans. Rearranging unit support pans shall be accomplished without the use of tools. Units shall be designed in 0.5 space factor increments.Each 0.5 space factor shall be 6.5 in.(165.1 mm)high. Units shall be held securely in the section when inserted.Units shall also be designed so they cannot be inserted or withdrawn when the disconnect means is in the ON position. • RoctwelI Auwmatlon Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 11 • CE^ITERUNE°2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers . 0.5 space factor units shall use a single larch/interlock mechanism.This mechanism shall allow the unit to be held securely in two positions: Normal operating—where the power stabs are engaged with the vertical power bus,and service position—where the power stabs are disconnected from the vertical power bus,bur separate control power can still be connected.With the unit fully insetted in the normal operating position, the latch/interlock mechanism shall be engaged with a bushing on the unit support pan.This shall securely hold the unit in the vertical section and shall not allow the unit to be removed with the handle in the ON position. 1.0 space factor and larger units shall use front mounted latches to secure the unit in the vertical section.There shall be at least one latch at the top and one latch at the bottom of the unit.Additionally,an interlock mechanism linked to the disconnect handle shall engage with the unit support pan above preventing the unit from being removed when the disconnect means is in the ON position.The interlock shall also be used to secure the unit in a service position. The interlock mechanisms shall be such that they can be padlocked in the service position and be padlocked when the unit is withdrawn to prevent the insertion of the unit into a vertical section. Non-reversing starters(FVNR)shall be plug-in through NEMA Size 5. • Power Stab Assembly The two-piece stab housing shall be made of high strength,non-tracking glass polyester material and shall provide a separate isolated pathway for each phase. The power cable connection at the plug-in stab shall be made with a maintenance free crimp-style connection.There shall be no exposed wiring at the back of the unit between the disconnecting means and the plug-in stabs. Unit plug-in power stabs shall be free-floating and self aligning. Unit plug-in power stabs shall be tin-plated copper for a low resistance connection and designed to tighten during heavy current surges. Unit plug-in power stabs shall be backed by stainless steel spring clips to provide and maintain a high pressure,four-point connection to the vertical power bus. 12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 CENTERLINE•2100 Law Voltage Motor Control Centers • Withdrawable Power Stabs Plug-in units shall have the capacity of withdrawing the power stabs,allowing the primary voltage to be disconnected with the unit door closed.The withdrawable assembly shall accept a standard 1/4"hex-srylc drive socket.A complete power engagement shall occur when turning the mechanism V4 turn in clockwise direction.Complete power disengagement shall occur when turning the mechanism'A turn in counter-clockwise direction. The withdrawable stabs design shall include a set of stab assembly-mounted shutters.These shutters shall automatically open before the power stabs can extend and connect to the vertical bus.Likewise,the shutters shall close as soon as the power stabs are disconnected from the vertical bus and arc completely inside the stab housing. Withdrawable Power Stabs Interlock Mechanisms The following interlock mechanisms shall be included: 1. Through-the-door mechanism that allows the unit to be locked in the "Power Stabs Disconnected"position.This mechanism shall be such that it can be padlocked to prevent the connection of the stabs to the vertical bus even when the unit is inserted into the vertical section.The unit door shall be capable of opening with the padlock and lockout engaged. • 2. The unit disconnect handle must be in the OFF position(load side of the disconnect device removed from line power)before the stabs can be disconnected from the vertical bus.This mechanism shall also allow the removal of the unit from the vertical section but only after the disconnect handle has been turned OFF and the power stabs have been disconnected from the vertical bus.Likewise,the unit stabs have to be disconnected (withdrawn)before the unit can be re-inserted into the vertical section. Withdrawable Power Stabs Feedback Mechanisms The following feedback mechanisms shall be included and verifiable with the unit door closed: 1. A two-position indication system shall be provided(Power Stabs Connected/Disconnected)and shall be visible from the door. a. Connected with Red Indication—Primary voltage stabs fully engaged and connected to the vertical bus. b. Disconnected with Green Indication—Primary voltage stabs fully disconnected from the vertical bus. • Radwell Automation Publication 1100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 13 • CEN?ERLINE•1100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers 2. Power stabs position A set of probes shall be located on the front of the unit.A positive continuity check between these probes shall verify that all three power stabs have been disconnected from the vertical bus and completely withdrawn inside the stabs housing. 3• Position of stab housing mounred shutters A set of probes shall be located on the front of the unit.A positive continuity check between these probes shall verify that the shutters are closed,meaning that all three power stabs have been disconnected and withdrawn inside the stab housing. The writhdrawable power stabs with door closed mechanism shall not increase the original unit height design so total space in the motor control center is optimized. A remote operating device shall be supplied to allow the connection and disconnection ofthe power stabs with the door closed.The minimum distance shall be not less than three times the minimum default value recommended by the NFPA 70E(Arc Flash Prorccrion Boundary Annex D). Disconnect Handle Mechanism An industrial,heavy duty,flange-mounted handle mechanism shall be supplied for the control of the disconnecting means in each unit.The handle mechanism shall be engaged with the disconnecting means at all times as an integral part of the unit regardless ofthc position ofthe door. The disconnect handle shall be made of nor,-conductive,30%glass filled Type 6 nylon material. The disconnect handle shall operate in the vertical plane for 1.0 space factor and larger units and in the horizontal plane for 0.5 space factor units. The ON-OFF condition for the disconnect means shall be indicated by the following: • Handle position • Red and green colored indicators • The words ON and OFF • lntemational symbols I(ON)and O(OFF) • Pictorials representing handle positions(ON,OFF,and TRIPPED)for circuit breaker units The disconnect handle shall be designed such that it can be locked in the OFF position with up to three 3/8 in.;9.5 tmn)diameter shackle padlocks and in the ON position with one 3/8 in.(9.5 mm)shackle padlock. • 14 Rockwell Aitomation Publication 1100-SR011C-EN-P-August 2G11 CENTERLINE*2100 Low Voltage Motor ContmlCenters • The disconnect handle of all units shall be interlocked with the unit door so the disconnect means cannot be switched to the ON position unless the door is closed.This interlock shall also prevent opening the door unless the disconnect means is in the OFF position.An externally operated defcater shall be provided for access to the trait without interrupting service. The disconnect handle shall be interlocked with the unit so the unit cannot be inserted or withdrawn with the disconnect handle in the ON position Disconnecting Means Fusible disconnect switches shall be available in MCC units.The fusible disconnect switches shall have visible blade-type movable contacts and supplied with Class J,R,H,L,HRCII-C,or CC fuse clips.Fusible disconnect requirements above 400 A shall use a bolted pressure contact switch with a visible blade disconnect mechanism. Circuit breaker disconnects shall be available in MCC units.Horsepower rated MCC units shall be provided with instantaneous circuit breakers,a motor circuit protector(MCP),or with inverse time(thermal magnetic or electronic)circuit breakers.Current rated MCC units shall be provided with inverse time(thermal magnetic or electronic)circuit breakers. • Terminal Blocks When specified,control terminal blocks for Traditional NEMA starter units shall be the following: • Front accessible in the unit • Pull-apart type,rated 25 A,600V(#12 AWG max)for plug-in units 1.0 space factor and above • Pull-apart type,rated 10 A,300V(#14 AWG max)for 0.5 space factor plug-in units • Fixed type,rated 55 A,600V(#8 AWG max)for frame mounted units • Provided with terminal markings When specified,control terminal blocks for Space Saving NEMA starter units shall be the following; Front accessible in the unit Pull-apart type,rated 10 A,300V(#14 AWG max) Provided with terminal markings • Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 is • MMLW 2100 LowVdtW MoWrCantrdQW" When specified,power terminal blocks for Traditional NEMA starter units shall be the following: • Pull-apart type,rated 60 A,600V(#4 AWG max)for NEMA Size 1 and • Fixed type,rated 175 A.600V(2/0 AWG max)for NEMA Size 3 • Provided with terminal markings Power terminal blocks shall not be provided for Space Saving NEMA starter units and NEMA Size 4 or larger Traditional NEMA starter units. Control Wiring Standard control wire shall be copper#16 AWG MTW(TEW)90'C(194°F), VW-1 rated. Copper#14AWG(tinned)MTW(TEW)90°C(194'F),VW-1 rated control wire shall be available. Copper#14 AWG(tinned)SIS 90°C(194"F)control wire shall be available. Brady Datab,heat shrink,or sleeve-type wire markers shall be available. • Power Wire Power wire shall be 90"C(194°F)minimum,VW-1 rated.Minimum size used Shall be#10 AWG. Control Power Unit control power shall be provided by a control circuit transformer,a separate control source,or common control: • The control circuit transformer shall be mounted in the unit.The secondary side of the control circuit transformer shall have one leg fused and the other leg grounded.Primary protection shall be provided by primary fusing. • The separate control source shall have an available auxiliary contact on the disconnect means and available separate control fuse. • The common control source shall operate at line voltage with available common control fusing. • 16 Rockwell Autonotion Publication 2100•SR012C4.WP-August 2011 CEITERLINE•2100 Low Voltage MotorCootrolCtwN • Pilot Devices Pilot devices,when specified,shall be mounted in a door mounted polyester control station.The control station shall be easily removed using captive screws. The control station shall accommodate up to three 30.5 mm pilot devices or up to six 22.5 mm pilot devices for units 1.0 space factor and above. The control station shall accommodate up to four 22.5 nun pilot devices for 0,5 space factor units. Pilot devices shall have NEMA ratings. Unit Doors Each unit shall be provided with a removable door mounted on removable pin- hinges that allow the door to open at least 110 degrees.The unit doors shall be removable from any location in the MCC without disturbing any other unit doors.The unit door shall be fastened to the structure so it can be closed to cover the unit space when the unit is removed.The unit doors shall be held closed with 1/-turn pawl type latches.Units with overload relays shall have an external reset button. • Nameplates The MCC master nameplate,when specified,shall be located on the top horizontal wireway cover. The MCC master nameplate shall be 6 x 2 in.(152.5 x 50.8 mm)with black lettering on a white background.The nameplate shall have up to five lines of engraving. Unit nameplates shall be provided.The dimensions are 3-5/8 x 1-1/8 in. (92.07 x 28.57 nun): • Clear cardholders shall be available.Blank cards shall be inserted into the cardholder. • Engraved acrylic nameplates shall be available.They shall be white with black lettering or black with white lettering. • Engraved phenolic nameplates shall be available.They shall be white with black lettering,black with white lettering,or red with white lettering. • Engraved unit nameplates shall have three or four lines of engraving as follows: - 3-line nameplates: a. 0.22 in.(5.59 mm)letter size b. First line 17 characters c. Second line 15 characters d. Third line 17 characters • Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 17 • CEVERLINE"2100 Low Voltage Motor Coitrol Centers - 4-he nameplates: a. 0.18 in.(4.57 rnm)letter size b. First line 25 characters c. Second line 22 characrers d. Third line 22 characters e. Fourth line 25 characters Nameplates shall be secured by using two steel self-tapping screws.Stainless steel screws shall be available. IntelliCENTER®Technology The MCC shall have network cabling integrated throughout the vertical sections. Each motor starter,AC drive,and soft starter in the MCC shall be supplied with a means to communicate via the DeviceNet or EtherNet/IP network. DeviceNet Cable Per the National Electrical Code Larticle 300-3(c)(1)]and the Canadian Electrical Code(Rule 12-904)the DeviceNer cable shall have an insulating rating • equal to at least:the maximum circuit voltage applied to any condueror within the enclosure or raceway,that is,no special separation,barriers,or internal conduit is required for the DeviceNet conductors. The DeviceNet cable used for the trunk line shall be flat cable rated 8.0 A.600V, Class 1. The DeviceNet cable used for the droplines ro connecr DeviceNet units shall be round cable rated at 8.0 A,600V,Class 1. EtherNetAP Cable Per the National Electrical Code[article 300-3(c)(1)] and the Canadian Electrical Code(Rule 12-904)the EtherNet/IP cable shall have an insulating rating equal to at least the maximum circuit voltage applied to any conductor within the enclosure or raceway,that is,no special separation,barriers,or internal conduit is required for the EtherNet/IP conductors. All EtherNet/1P cable used in the MCC shall be UL PLTC rated to 600V. EtherNet/IP cable shall be rated for use in a cable tray shared with high-voltage power cables. No substitutes are allowed. • 18 Rodawell Automatioi Publ"cation 2100-SRC12C-EN-P-AugLst 2011 CENTERLNE'2100 Low Voitage Motor Control Centers • DeviceNet Cable Layout A DeviccNct trunkline shall be routed through the MCC lineup,behind barriers that isolate the trunkline from the unit space and wireways to prevent accidental mechanical damage during MCC installation. Six DeviceNet ports shall be provided in the rear of each full height vertical wircwyy to simplify installation,relocation,and addition of plug-in MCC units. The DeviceNet component within each plug-in unit shall be connected to one of the six DeviccNct ports in the vertical wireway with cable outlined above in the DeviceNet Cable section. The addition or removal of it unit from the DeviceNet system shall not interrupt the operation of other units within the system. EtherNet/IP Cable Layout Cable shall connect each section to one another in the top or bottom wireways. The EtherNet/IP cable shall be routed through the MCC lineup from the top or bottom wireways.To prevent accidental mechanical damage during MCC installation,the cable shall be located behind barriers to isolate the cable from the • unit space and wireways. Eight Ethernet/IP parts shall be provided in the rear of each full height vertical wireway to simplify installation,relocation,and addition of plug-in MCC units. The EtherNet/IP device within each plug-in unit shall be factory connected to one of the EtherNet/IP ports in the vertical wireway with the 600V UL PLTC rated cable outlined above in the EtherNet/1P Cable section. The addition or removal of a unit from the ErherNcr/IP system shall not interrupt the operation of other units within the system. Power Supply The DeviceNet system in the MCC shall include a power supply that conforms to DeviceNet requirements and has the ODVA checkmark.The power supply shall provide 24V DC and shall be rated no less than 8.0 A. • Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-Augus:2011 19 • UfflBUME'2100 Low WItageMxwCmnolL-mrs The ErherNet/IP system in the MCC shall provide a built-in 24V power supply and power distribution network.All the EtherNet/IP switches,as well as some of the componcnrs in various units,are powered from this 24V DC supply.Therc are several configuration options for this power supply including the following: • Uscr-supplied 115V source • 480V source with disconnect option • 480V source with circuit breaker option • Redundant versions of the other three options Power supply output shall be rated 8 A,24V DC. The power supply unit shall be provided with a buffer module to provide a minimum 500 ms ride-through at full load Scanner Modules The DeviceNet system in the MCC shall include a DeviceNet scanner module that conforms to the DeviceNet requirements. As an alternative to a traditional DeviceNet scanner module,linking devices can be used to link different communication networks to the MCC DeviceNet • system(such as linking the ControlNet network to the DeviceNet network or the Ethernet network to the DeviceNet network,. DeviceNet System Performance The DeviceNet system shall be designed to operate at 500 kbaud to maximize the system performance,unless precluded by the cumulative length of the trunk and drop lines.To achieve best performance,250 kbaud shall be the minimum communication rate. The DeviceNet system shall be qualified to communicate and perform under normal and adverse MCC electrical environments(for example,contactor electrical operation,contactor jogging duty,and unit short circuit fault). The DeviceNet system shall be capable of Automatic Device Replacement (ADR). The DeviceNet system shall be capable of On-lint Scanlist changes at Run allowing network modifications to be performed on a DeviceNet system that is running. The DeviceNet system shall be capable of the following scan modes:Polled, Change ofStare(COS),Strobe,and Cyclic. The DeviceNet system shall be capable of transmitting and receiving data via I/O and explicit messaging. 20 RocSMYII Automatiai Pub icatlon 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August2011 CENTERLINE'2100 Low Voltage Motor Contro Centers • DeviceNet Units Motor Starter Units Each motor starter shall have an electronic overload relay with the following features: On-board DeviceNet communication LEDs for status indication Test/Reset button Adjustable trip class(S to 30) General purpose I/O(minimum 2I/10,optional41/20),rated for 110...120V AC or 24V DC as specified on drawing Unconnected Message Manager to allow the proxying of more than one master device Protective functions with programmable trip level,warning level,time delay,and inhibit window: Thermal overload Underload - Jam - Current imbalance Stall Phase loss Zero sequence ground fault sensitive to 1.0 A(optional feature) PTC thermistor input(optional feature) Current monitoring functions: Phase current - Average current - Full load current - Current unbalance percent - Percent thermal capacity utilized - Voltage and energy measuring capabilities - Ground fault current(optional feature) Diagnostic information: - Device status - Warning status - Time to reset Trip status Time to overload trip History of last five trips • b6weil Automation Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-:1-August2011 21 CENTERUNP 2100Low Vottage Motor Control centers Variable frequency Drives and Soft Starters Each variable frequency drive unit and soft starter unit shall have a DeviceNet communication module to communicate the status over the DeviceNet network. Feeder Disconnects Where required,fusible disconnect and circuit breaker feeder circuits shall have a DeviceNet I/O Module containing at least two inputs and one output.The inputs of the DeviceNet I/O module shall be rated for 110...120V AC or 24V DC as specified on drawings. EtherNetAP Units EtherNeOPinterface for Motor Starter Units Motor starter units shall have an electronic overload relay that incorporates the following features: • Built-in EtherNct/IP communication • LEDs for status indicarion • Test/Reset Button • . Selectable trip of NEMA Class 5 to 30.Unless indicated,the trip class shall be set for NEMA Class 20 operation. • Four inputs and two outputs.Refer to the contract drawings for connection requirements. Protective functions: Functions shall provide a programmable trip level,warning level,time delay,and inhibit window. Protective functions shall include Thermal overload,Phase loss,Stall, Jam,Underload,Current imbalance,Remote trip,and PTC thermistor input. — Ground fault protection[is] [is not]required. Ifground fault protection is required,the protection range shall be 1..-5 A for NEMA Size 3 and smaller starters,and 20 mA...SA for NEMA Size 4 and larger starters. • Current monitoring functions shall include phase current,average current, full load current,current imbalance percent,percent thermal capacity utilized,and ground fault current'if required). • Voltage and energy measuring capabilities • Diagnostic information shall include device status,warning status,time to reset,trip status,time to overload trip,and history of last five trips. • Preventative maintenance information shall include Allowable starts per hour,required Time between starts,Starts counter,Starts available,Time until next start,total operating hours,and elapsed operating time. 22 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-SA012C-EN-P-August 2011 CENTELNE'2100Luw Voltage Motor Control Centers • • Overload relay shall include an on-board logic processor to allow basic logic to be performed within the overload relay based on network data and the status of the inputs to the overload relay. • The overload relay shall support the following CIP messaging types: Polled I/O messaging,Change-of-state/cyclic messaging,Explicit messaging,Group 4 off-line node recovery messaging,and Unconnected Message Manager(UCMM). • The overload relay shall provide the following functions to minimize network configuration time:Full parameter object support and Configuration consistency value. EtherNe0P Interface for Variable Frequency AC Drives and Solid-state Reduced Voltage Motor Controllers The EthcrNet/IP communication interface shall be supplied to allow for communication between the solid-state component and the Ethernet network. EtherNeWP Interface for Other Units Provide an EtherNet/IP interface for other units as indicated on the contract drawings. Refer to the contract drawing wiring diagrams for points to be monitored. • Programming of Parameters DeviceNet System The DeviceNct node address shall be set for each unit per the drawings.All other parameters may be left at the factory default setting. The DeviceNct system components shall be preconfigured to operate at the appropriate communication rate. EtherNedlP System The MCC manufacturer shall load the IP address into each unit. The IP address shall be as indicated on the contract drawings or as provided by the contractor. The MCC manufacturer shall test the MCC to ensure that each unit communicates properly prior to shipment. Each unit shall have a label showing the IP address for the devices within it. The MCC manufacturer shall provide a disk containing applicable electronic data sheet(EDS)files for the EtherNet/IP devices. • Rockwell Automa ion Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 23 • CENTERUNE•2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers IntelliCENTER Software The MCC shall be provided with preconfigured IntelliCENTER software.The software shall be capable of viewing multiple MCC lineups.The IntelliCENTER software communication driver shall allow the software to be installed and operated on Ethernet,ConCLOINGt,or DeviccNet networks.The InrelhCENTER software shall be capable of functioning as a standalone software package or as an ActiveX control in a Human Machine Interface(HMI).The IntelliCENTER software shall be capable of displaying the following: • Elevation View Dynamically displays status information based on reading data from devices in MCC lineup Sizeable view to allow ease of viewing multiple MCC lineups Unit nameplate information - Unit status indicators(ready,running,warning,fault,no communication) • Unit Monitor View Preconfigured for a specific unit Real time monitoring N1a analog dials and trending Data configurable for customized viewing - Modifying device parameters • Spreadsheet View • - User configurable for customized monitoring Sorting and cascading functions Custom user fields • Event Log - Track history of MCC unit - Automatic logging of trips,warnings,and changes - Manual entry of events • Documentation Front elevation drawings - Unit wiring diagrams User manuals- - Spare parts lists Testing The MCC with IntelliCENTER technology-shall be powered up,configured, and tested in an ISO 9001 facility to ensure each unit communicates properly prior to shipment. • 24 Rxkwel.Automation Publication 21OO-SR012C-EN-P-August 20l1 • Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products. At--ittg-"rwwwrotkW Matto at.on.com!supo�or,you can find technical manuals,a knowledge base ofFAQs,technical and application notes,sample code and links to software service packs,and a M,ySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools. For an additional level of technical phone support for installation,configuration,and troubleshooting,we offer TcehConnect support programs,For more information,contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation %presentative,or visit Installation Assistance If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation,review the information that is contained in this manual.You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running. United States or Canada 7.440.646.3434 Outside United States or Canada Use the Wbrldm.e Loc3tor at httg/lwww rodcwellautnmation mm/supportiamericas/phone en html or contact your local Rockwel' Automation representative. New Product Satisfaction Return • Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility.However,if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned,follow these procedures. United States Contact your distributor.You muse provide a Customer Support rase number(call the phone number above to obtain one)to your distributor to complete the return process. Outside United States Please contact your local Radsweli Automation representative for the re url procedure. Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better.If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document,complete this form,publication ,available at.tzzp:L/wwwro ' is utomaaon com/l1 crat tr Rockwell Otomzryon linrct A.�.,Kar Nana If Vtcrkni E Blok Kat:6 34752 lsermkoy,lstanbul,Tel:+90(216)5699400 www.rockwellautomation.com Power,Control and Information solutions Headgaarcen .4ra1us:Rockwel:Aumawdor.,1201 South Second Street.Md—kcc,VJ 53204-24%USA,3e1;(1)414.382.2000,Fax;(1)414.382.4444 Eatove Mkldlc Eau/Africa:R-AcweilAutomaoon NN.2cpsut park De K:eedaan 12a,1831 Diegem,Bdghnn,Td:(32)2663 0600,Fu:(32)2 663 0640 A=Pacific:Roar ll Automation,L. el 14,Core F,Cyt—pot 3,100 C,vixrpat Road.Hnng Kong,Tel(852)2987 4798,Fix:(852)2508 1846 • Publication 2100-SR012C-EN-P-August 2011 iatetda 7uYia0a.21AAi0t2B-EN-P-,1p I KII reprrylt 07p11 Ibdpatp IutrnrtYm,he All ilgAts rrs'rel.PnMeE In l+e USA • CENTERUNE0 2100 MOTOR CONTROL CEWTERS PRODUCTDESCRiFflON INDUSTRY LEADING MOTOR The CEN•i-1r1tI,PVE 2100 Momr Q11111:11 Ce CONTROL CENTERS surr,Mi C)romtbmas nr�rd-dunbAiry DELIVERING aot3 premium quti1r7 trusting TA. and NEAiAstartdaada.(7N;hill-TNE2J00 SAFETY, PERFORMANCE McCs'°t`grate°oary"'and power in one AND RELIABILITY :ed �Rztl�a,: tp Briery of moor Cmcrvl opttnns The mdus"Jodbtg Mover Contra!C.enrer --_— that hx,deltwred tl:casfrx`-,performance and tdiab<`'ty wu need For over 3S yearx �V CENTERLINE 2100 MC— - JL PRODL;CT FEATURES i • Pesrgra ue mortified cc ILL Bay and meet NEMA standards • Built-in DeymeNet with Ike {� ImeWC'ENTF-R'nechm op sac • Ar<S��teta'helps rv:i racuce __ i� an:flash hazjr& • C.enrrte-t deli r ahowing far 9 badkwata mm. &dM1jEy • schd gmunding♦vstea to tip r i reduce sttc&hat 6 Lam; n a • Fav Lsoisted erreoxwes for nianimum # ft►•71 ■! hdtiJi WI:Cdt m:�tSt `v • "t""SfVI.^,g deJ1g.L5 rr=rrax G.Y30R ...:.; uwt=cn ted;a"MCC foc punt • Vanery of latelltgen:moult ccarul options Acres-tho-lmz scar-,,�:s Sa[r stnru n Variable>rp l dn"m STRONG PERFORMANCE &RELI AEL, The VENTERIJILE 211QO NWC uses proven C \7F.".I NE- technology for high qua:ltr and yeas of dependable service. • High short circuit withstand.mrhW in type-rested enclosures • Continuous bus bracing provides uniform support • Durable-NEMA componenn • Factory tested for faster and more dependable starsup • CENTERLINE 2£00 MCCS with InteWCP-T7R Terhnclogv use built-in networking and pre-moRgured sofrwan to: Enhance performance througb system-wide communications Share diiposric L-tformatier for xedicuve mvntenance Initiate warnings before perandaJ faults occc:r Rockwell • ALLEN-gBAD:E" • iWKWE:I SorTWARE Automation l 7 ARCSHELD • The CENTERLINE 2100 MCC with ArcShield y provides you with enhanced safety features •Advanced diagnostics of IntelliCENTER software provide remote access m data and troubleshooting,minimizing .Isolation,grounding and remote monitoring help prevent the treed for entry in the arc flash boundary zone accidental exposure to energized parts •IntdliCENTER software allows you to troubleshoot .Automatic shutters isolate vertical bus when unit is removed you MCC remoter,:without Personal Protective •Continuous bus bracing provides more uniform support Equipment(PPE) than point bracing • High degme of fault containment helps prevent a single fault froth cascading throughout the enclosure,limiting •Infrared windows allow completion of thermal cquipmcnt darnagc inspection without opening doors. to minimize p`rsonnel entry is to the enclosure •Arc-conm nm nt latches provide an extra level of protection against internal arcing faults •Plug-in replacement units allow maintenance to be performed away from energized controls •Type 2 accessibility protects personnel at front, aad •Intelligent erector control devi«s warn of an impending sides rear of=,;lostre failure betiare is occurs T s_,. •NFIAA components help deliver dependable operation •Lacking and Interlocking features allow for easier n 1 implementation of your company's iockourltagout safety,procedures ea,, •Through the door DeviceNet port for access to network without opening unit door • •Through the door viewing window for visible disconnect inspecnon without opening unit door r gait monitor view of IntelliCE._VI-ER.software seers a3ranced diagacsvcs and uip emus eliminating tree nmd to otter the unit for mainanantt • I NTELLICENTER TECHNOLOGY IntellICENTER technology enhances the intelligence w of your MCC using built-in DeviceNet to capture information used for predictive maintenance, process monitoring and advanced diagnostics. •IntelliCEN'TER software,using NaLinx open network architecture,featuurs .. i.- pre-eonfigumd sctcens and allows for monitoring anywhere in the etuerpdee *. .►.____._ •ActiveX controls allow seamless"integration Into RSVIew and ituerfaces with third partyvisualiznicn pacimges ■yaw o.iw,. c' aTe -. � -' •Faster start-up _ IntelltCENUM software;with AcdveX cmuv4s, Networking reducs o3inplez ina=wiring Lo a single cable allows mew m easily view powerful inform tIm and d=V patntt e w Values in&mm - Factors;retvtoric pre-cmfl4tuvoon vaf idam connections, sets baud rates:nd assigns ncdc addresses ww,.� ..ra.a a.wr•a Pre-wn8gured screens shorten programming acne •Effkimtt tsoublesh000ig .. T2cndmg and event jogging c.:lnbfPdes allaR you to !; .n •` -.., diagnosey(mr elect-Tcal problems AutoCAD'damrnernaron allows you to trace out wiring % and un dewtsutd conttoj ctrcuits using wtrIcg diagrams +a • " Ahduy to suppiemau"as built'drawings with'as installed'dsawinga �- - [:rut specific manuals aid Spam parts lists a--e provided electronically ■ .• ^' *� •optimized polling to e,-zur:system performance •Option to operate in stand-alone mode • f • •in:eiliCEN t ER software align You to trouVeshoot your MCC remotely, without Personsd Protective Equipment(PPE) Elevation View tlaiddy diagnoses the eondidon of the mawr mntmh in the MCC Control Room HMI r+ — Gateway or :� Ettidnet/IP'' r Linking Demot EtherneVIP"/ContmlNet"A DevkeNet^ NO ,W Wad"MM Lnte-upic t A ,, STRUCTURE FEATURES CENTERLINE bus design means more current carrying capacity per section. .. •Standard vertical bus is rated twice the industry i norm—300 A above and 300 A below the horizontal , bus for an effective 600 A capacity per section •Allows more flexibility for field changcs without exceeding vertical bus rating •Sections available in back-to-back design with separate front and rear vertical bus for maximum loading capacity I Vertical wireway contains NO control or power terminations f g making cable installation safer.For added safety,a permanent barrier sAeparaws the vertical wireway from units. Computerized fas=3ing system used in the assembly of horizontal to vertical bus connection: •reduces periodic maintenance •minimizes exposure to hazardous voltage 0 Dedicated plug-in ground bus is part of a i solid grounding system. Automatic shutters available to itnmediatel r isolate vertical bus when unit is removed- Fault containment is enhanced with two • side sheers on every section. Continuous bus bracing praavides more UnIfOrin support than eommonl,used standoffs. 'VIA •���— �.,.�, ..�.., aly DURABILITY THROUGHOUT An MCC Is a long term investment Rugged construction provides rigidity during shipping, CENTERLINE MCC rigid design cnsures installation and operation for longer service life. longer life. Doors dose securely and plug-in units can still be installed and removed after 0 Two side sheets on every section yeas of dependable scrvicr. 0 The following elements cite continuous aaua the shipping block. 0 Solid Wing angle ©Horizontal power bus 0 Horizontal ground bus ®internal mounting angle Over3O years backward compatib.ii f � — i bolt bus connections minimize e likelihood of"hot spots." UNIT FEATURES sperior fault containment helps minimize downtime • Rugged,flange-mounted handle •Units have top and bott=plates � •Keeps operator in m�tmol�� { •Stab housing is designed to ILy. �r � �� whether door is opened ' extinguish arcing fault by or cbsed segregating three phases • „* # +� at •Accepts multiple padlocks for easy implanentation of ;at ' ioclmutrtag-cur Durable NEMA prccedwts components provide ! �4r. W •Non-conductive dependable operation w' a Ia a 411 materia 1Wj?s •Push buttons,Pilot lights - isr iare o'eraml and Selector Switches - from Saadous vol:agg •Contactors and starters— documented Jife of up to 10 million operations for * Unit withdrawal made NWA Size i safer and quicker •Standard puU-apart tamirul blocks allow quick disconnection of lldd wiring Dedicated ground stab is part of a solid grounding system -Na need to stuff wiring into vt7dcel yr-noway where b"—dotrs i Hot!gots reduced_ witages aiat—V-eng a=el ♦ •Stabs use a high pressure,four point contact construction 6owa unit to pats safely over •Stabs dine�ly crimped to power wires—no screws or old wiring connectors to lcase:o •Freo-Baaring stabs self-align to bus r`' .-....s.-.. ,� • Veesatlle Interlock mechanism designed to make servicing safer t" •Unit cannot be Insetted or withdravvn when the disconnect handle is ON # •If unit is removed for maintenance,padoouc can be attached m pvmnt insrallation •Unit can be stxstped in a swvice postdon(Fartiat:.y withdrawa,power tmbs disengaged) do-`t Space Saving Unit Designs Space Saving Drive thdb ,, ° • i + Space Saving NEMA units, f Size 1-5 Starter Units • •Up to 50%teas space than : .• compatabieTraditional Compact unit NFAMA starter units si7�with � l?avtrerFlet:Drives Size 4 FVNR SpaLr Saving NEMA Starter t Knit in i a,pace factor Space Saving v� Feeder Disconnects t _.r Space Saving . " Soft Starter Units • Size 1 FVNR Space Saving NEMA At least 50%less space than Compact unit sires with Starter Unit in 0.5 space factor np'cal feeder disconnect SMC-3 urd SMC-Fkx MORE OPTIONS WITH FASTER DELIVER`( For quick delivery,choose from the largest selection of standard units and options. •Over 60 standard units in i variety of shxe combined wi+fs.more than 100 options yield millions of posdbMes for standard units •Components for standard units sue.stedted for immediate anembly •Individual units and unpopulated sections can ship in 3 days •Complete CENTERLINE 2100 MCCa,eras with InteWCENTER ted uiologv,can ship in 7-10 days TECHNICAL DATA STANDARDS Certd%&Mans&Lis" NEMA iCS-led.Uf.E45.C3A C22.2 No 14 astd Eh 6rA390 Height 0T 1225c inml st-v0d4d.7V;;79a rntnt nslaltle 2(•isffii ntm)5tw lard,ruder et alms:�vrk�fxc� ftt&J, for err wquglmwst in S'-02?nn'tea Kntrtrts. Dvth 6•i'MI mm t of 20!5 mm:atxl&e'i 3T d762 r'atmi o►.io•;1016 mev f)ack•ta-tT:: SEC nON DESIGN Vrttxal YYirtn.lry 4 3T:11 i msniride srandnd-,g';224-m n'ride sva&We 1(1p2tl,ipao,4140 1 'Xtdlaa0etwq around rtttr•turlac urtivdttxs;1P20,Ip30.IP40- NEMA Tgtx; ` 13 UPW 3R coon wa&m J44; a non:v�Ak-It1 MO., • gwrcia.f BusRarlrt1. &V A- :UA 120C--A 4)raort.•l$ur.V•Ph,7141,>f i atr 42 kN,S-5 k4 cr zC ,. 8115'dA R1;<( wGrar"tal chi.'M.-Ae-1.N Alsvnnum T.tt•,hite s;_�.�_riR��?t- ;n C*pw-;+ dNDPlNT!..a` �+ i�"i)4a•S�tyA.,h;:cgs:,.. A r.:litJl�ctL41�..(ltt:� B:OA"MI-0 A f:ft.•_t{ve �-•_� ;rr,::.A11':1s. F.a•-icl' '4qF�TT;n•to*k�i�ui')P;ti:'%'+:'::.:.Ir..T ntatche"i1!?:"'ti•r!i-?IR44f�r'.bi . O fthemn„• 14. 1%wtm w•dt test►fpacetxtnt .01 %oLi .'qu r rs, w Sr tr-r h ---- -- - 'strop;r•Nfa4A!ttr' 'r. AN -• I&Jmt- • __�_.__, )T1 LK-TA& I. —Nt4:A tyr 1P 51JRFA(-E r •at\tA Tw.e 4. t i+ewct SsYn4 tufA?tNF�r?S ••�•.+o+ rard•uR• f;—•. ,.i,—— --�_. Ya.r�a �A��Aikc.lifa.A.y,c>:N'rtRtuxe.ad�,duceNrea.m,c¢,tnsd aid®.d�.a it�ds+�Aummadoa Tr.do•.,ka aa,1d••Ont-R d-dl.—.daa.m? T aF d,<s,—P--d z v^vw.ratkw* Wt0Mfiwf.001rt Powev Canfral and Manna"n Solutions Headgaarfars • Am=kkss:Bock%,a Autamatirm,1201 Sattth Second Sued.btihvaaloee.W1 53204-24%Use►.TLL(i)414.3W.2040.Fmc(1)414.3M.4444 Euterpe/'- E%O/Afti :RoCkTRA AuAotmrioo, du strttretaut 36,1170 BnmeK Belgium TA-02)2 663 0600,F=(32)2 663 0640 Asa Padfic Rockwell Auto Sorel 14,Core F,Cyt•etpw 3,100 Cybop m Ncad.Haag Nong TeL(852)2wr 47%,Fate(852)2508 1846 NEE.•t—2I0D.PP020A.aJ-➢-APIj=171 Caprd*021"!tom A.—b.,t—All Rl�hv R—d.F—d to,Ist • Installation Instructions Nkn-Bradley CENTERLINE 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers Catalog Number 2100 i V , • K s s r y Y Rod . • 0 Aran-onw* - aoev A soR Automation • Important User hformation Solid-start egtnpw rot Isar opa=onal characteristics differing fin those of dm-t modtaniical egaipmenc Safety GuidcIim foa ehc Applicaro,r,Fnsml!al on and hiaintrm=ciz of Sohd Statc Conuols(publieaton SGI-1.l availab[c from your Iec'_R-cL--a dl Autamatiotc calm offer or online at describes some important differences ba ween solid-state equipment and bard-wi=d clewomcchaaical deices Iiec me of dus d:ff'ecence, z:rd also because of the wide variety of uses for solid-start equipment,A persons responsible for applrng Ibis equipment nest.,2dsfy tfxnnsch Ls that each inxnded application of this equipment is acccptabk In no event will Roclrwd!Automation.Inc.be responsilslc or liable for indirect or:onscquendal damn- Fs resulting[Tom the use or appliczdon of this eTdpmcrt. TTx examples and&graras in Ibis manual arc induded so*Ear lustrarive purposes.Because of the sassy va iab}es and rcquiscmenm associased.with any particular irsnllation,Rockwell Automation,Inc.urnoe assume rmponv lcty or liability for acaUj use LGWd or,dl examples and diagrams. No paoent l abitiry is L%um ed by Rudcw dl Amuinadon,Inc with respect to use of is-famu den,c'c cr im equipment ar softwue desailQ in d•.is¢anus:. Repr adnctnar,ofthe co t-cr rs of 6 is tcanuai,in wi-,ok or in part.,%ithour wrk=pe=iss`oa of Aockw tI Anromuioe, Inc,is praluibited. Throughout d_is ra2m al,where necessa.-v,we use-2occs m make you aw=of safccy coasidca ons. YItAA {C.Idat fees inlornatm s`.rod pw6ces or ci—mmst-amen tiat cwi cause m er los x,is a hazard= ecrett,etia'i teei to persoc>El m.,�ar dash,p.T .da±nage,ry ecrxt'c Isss. • ATTEIi CN-Identifies��orgat cr abau{racE ces cr ar,umstan:vs"it car 13ed t[per m,'in t a.death, pwrty darage,or ece-x mm toss.Attentions t-4 iron ide�,a ham,erx.d a;.szad,anti re zg:wze the • cx!Qaq:s�� SHaCIC f :tests r-.ay to c^,c�irs;�e t�,e�:prr.�ri.fa'exan:�w,a c_ :�::fix,is a's!t�:s the da gere:s vc�'aga rrfsv be present BURN HAZARD:Eatsals may tie cr,a insida the equ;p;rsrt,fm axar.,+1e,a dnve ar to a a`:sople that S� surfaces may read der,Qemtts tL-nperattrres IMPORTANT Itt3rtiif es; fc *atirr drat is critical far sL<xessfuf app'Hea6m a.-d 4:* dir.3 of the Taft" ssCs_R.ma • Summary of Changes • This manual contains new and updated Information.Changes throughout this I revision are marked by change bars,as shown to the right of this paragraph. New and Updated This table contains the changes made to this revision. Information Topic Pe9e Removing SecureConnect Units 48 SecureConnect checklist 78.84 Updated the required mir,imum electrical spacing 05 • • Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-I14012E-EN-?-February 2012 3 • Summary of Changes Notes: • • 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 Table of Contents • Preface About This Publication............................................ 7 Who Should Use This Manual ..................................... 7 AdditionalResources.............................................. 7 Purchased Components and Additional Instruction Sheets ........... 8 Chapter 1 General Information General Description............................................... 9 Nameplate Data.................................................. 10 MCC Sequence Numbering....................................... 11 UL/CSA Marking................................................ 12 Short-circuit Rating Label......................................... 13 ArcShield Rating Labels..................... ...................... 14 Series Number and Series ID as Manufactured in the United States... 14 Series Lettering-Units and Sections............................... 17 Receiving,Handling,and Storage........................ .......... 19 Chapter 2 Installation Procedures Location Planning ............................................... 23 Height Considerations............................................ 23 • Securing an MCC ................... ............................. 24 Seismic Requirements ............................................ 36 joining and Splicing New MCCs .................................. 37 joining and Splicing Existing MCCs............................... 37 joining and Splicing MCCs with ArcShield......................... 38 Installing and Joining Pull Boxes......................... .......... 38 joining and Splicing NEMA Type 12 MCCs ............. .......... 38 joining and Splicing NEMA Type 3R and Type 4 MCCs.. .......... 38 Bus Torque Specifications................. ........................ 40 Chapter 3 Installing Conduit and Cable Installing Conduit................................................ 41 Installing Cable .......................... ........................ 42 Chapter 4 Installing and Removing Plug-in Installing Plug-in Units..... ................................ ...... 47 Units Remove a SecurcConnect Unit from a Section...................... 48 Remove a Plug-in Unit with a Vertical Operating Handle from aSection ........................................................ 50 Remove a Plug-in Unit with a Horizontal Operating Handle from aSection......................................................... 55 Remove the Support Pan................. ......................... 59 • Rockwell Automation Publication 21004012E-EN-P-February 2012 5 • Table of Conterft Chapter 5 Arc Flash Protection Marking Flash Protection Marking Requirement......... ....... .......... 61 as Required by the National Arc Flash Marking Clarification................................... 62 Electrical Code Rockwell Automation Services .... ..... ....... ........ .... .... 62 Chapter 6 Operator Handle and Unit Defeating the Unit Door Interlock ...... ...... ....... ........... 63 Interlock Defeating the Unit Interlock Lever ............ ....... ........... 64 Locking Provisions ...................... .. ... ................... 66 Chapter 7 Final Checklist Before Introduction.... ..................... ..... . ....... ...... .... . 73 Energizing Pre-energizing Check Procedure.. ..... ..... ....... ........... . 73 Perform the Pre-energizing Check Procedure....................... 74 ArcShield Components Checklist ................................ 82 SecureConnect Unit Checklist.............................. .... . 84 Required Minimum Electrical Spacing........ Chapter B . Energizing the Equipment Energize the Equipment ... .... .... ...... ...... ...... ....... 91 Chapter 9 Maintenance Maintain the MCC............ .... .... .. ...... ........... .. 93 Disconnect Switch and Contact Lubrication. ...... .. 95 Use Thermal Infrared or Other Temperature Measurement Techniques for Preventive Maintenance.. ....... .. ....... ........ 97 Chapter 10 Maintenance After Fault Maintain the MCC After a Fault Condition....... ....... .... .. 99 Condition Chapter 11 Renewal Parts Order Information ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ....... .... ... lol Chapter 12 Parts Illustrations Typical Section Construction . ... ..... ...... ...... ..... ... 103 Typical Construction of Unit with a Vertical Operating Handle... 104 Typical Construction of Half Space Factor Unit with a Horizontal Operating Handle and Door Mounted Pilot Devices............... 105 Typical Construction of a Unit with a Horizonral Operating Handle........ ........... ........... .............. .......... 106 Index . ..... ..... ..... ..... ............I ...... .......... 107 b Rockwed Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 Preface • About This Publication This manual provides derailed installation instructions for installing,using the operator handle,energizing,and maintainingyour CENTERLINE'2100 Motor Control Center Who Should Use This This manual is intended for engineers or technicians directly involved in the Manual installation,connection,energizing,and maintenance of the CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center. If you do not have a basic understanding of the CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center,contact your local Rockwell Automation sales representative for information on available training courses. Additional Resources The following publications supplement this manual.For more information and further reference,please use these available publications. Resource D"Cription Arc-Flash Resistant Low Voltage Motor Control Center Designs White Paper. Provides information about am-resistant motor control centers. publication 2100-AP003 Power Factor Correction Capacitors for Bulletin 2100 MCC Starter Units Provides information about the use of power factor correction • Application Techniques,publication 2100 T001 capacitors. CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Joining and Splicing Vertical Provides information for joining and splicing vertical sections. Sections Irstructions,publication 2100-IN010 CENTERLINE 21CO Motor Control Centers(MCC)Units with Vertical Operating Provides information on installing vertical handle units. Handles Installation Instructions,publication 2100-IND14 CENTERLINE Motor Carol Centers NEMA Type 12 Sealing Instructions, Provides information on sealing motor control centers to NEMA Type 12 publication 2100-IN037 specifications. Receiving,Handling,and Stcring Motor Control Centers instructions, Provides information on how to receive,handle,and store motor control publication 2100-IN040 centers. CENTERL;NE 2100 MCC instantaneous Trip Motor Circuit Protectors(MCP)in Provides information on using motor circuit protectors in a motor control Combination NEMA Starter,Soft Starter(SMC),and Variable Frequency AC center. Drive Units Technical Data,publication 210 Tt CENTERLINE 2100 M.CC inverse Time Circuit Breakers in Combination,NEMA Provides information and specifications for circuit breaker use in motor Starter,Soft Starter(SMC),and Variable Frequency AC Drive Units Technical control centers. Data,publication 2100-TDO02 CENTERLINE Motor Cortral Centers Power Fuses Product Data,publication Provides information and specifications for fuse use in motor control 210040003 centers. DeviceNet Motor Control Centers(MCC)Technical Data,publication 21 t70a Provides information for motor control centers using a DeviceNet Ulm network CENTERLINE Motor Con rol Centers with EtherNet/IP,publicat'.on 2100-TDO31 Provides information for motor control cwters using an EtherNet/IP network. CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center End Closing Plates Installation Provides instructions for installing end closing plates. Instructions,publication 2100-INas9 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Cont.,ol Center(MCC)Units with Horizontal Provides information to install units with horizontal operating handles. Operating Handles Installation Instructions,publication 2100-IN0 CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Mains and Incoming Lines Dimensions Provides dimension drawings for lug compartments.main fusible Reference,publication 2100-4.2 disconnects,main circuit breakers,and conduit entry. • Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2C12 7 iPreface Resource Description CENTERUNE Motor Control Centers Installing a Pull Box on a Bulletin 2100 Provides instructions or installing a Pull Box or a motor control center. Vertical Section Installation Instructions,publication 2(M-5. Safety Guidelines for the Application,Installation,and Maintenance of Solid- Provides safety guidelines for the application,installation,and state Control Installation Instructions,publication SGI.1. maintenance of solid-state control. Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines,publication 177G4.1 Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system. Product Certifications website,ftltiwm ab tom Provides declarations of conformity,certificates,and other certification details. You can view or download publications at h Lp•//vvwwrockw -Uautomacion -Qm/litera rrc.To order paper copies of technical documents,contact your local Allen-Bradley'distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative. The documents in the following table are referenced in this document and can be obtained from their respective organizations. Resource yyebsits National Electrical Manufacturer's Association(NEMA) www.nemaom • NEMA ICS 1-2000 Industrial Control and Systems:General Requirements • NEMA ICS 2.3.1995,Instructions for Handling,Operation and • Maintenance of Motor Control Centers Rated Not More Than 600V National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) www nfpa ore • NFPA 70-National Electrical Code • NFPA 70A-Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance • NFPA 70E-Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(IEEE) www.ieee.ora IEEE standard C37.20.7.IEEE Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Rated Up to 38 kV for Internal Arcing Faults Purchased Components and When equipment such as transformers,metering,programmable controllers,or Additional Instruction drives are supplied with the motor control center(MCC),specific publications are shipped with the units.These documents should be read and understood Sheets before installing and operating the MCC. 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-INOI2E-EN-P-February 2012 Chapter 1 • General Information Genera! Description Allen-Bradley CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers(MCCs)consist of one or more vertical sections containing electromagnetic or solid state control devices that are prewired and tested within modular(plug-in)or frame mounted(hard- wired)units. CENTERLINE MCCs are designed in standard widths of20 in.(508 mm),25 in.(635 mm),30 in.(762 mm),35 in.(789 mm),and 40 in.(1016 mm).The standard front-mounted depths of an MCC are 15 in.(381 mm)and 20 in. (508 mm),in addition back-to-back mounted depths of 30 in.(762 mm)and 40 in.(1016 mm)are also offered.The standard height of an MCC is 90 in. (2286 mm).A 70.5 in.(1791 mm)high section is also available.All MCC sections are supplied with top and bottom horizontal wireways.Sections that are designed to accommodate plug-in units include a vertical wireway.Each 90 in. (2286 mm)vertical section can accommodate up to 6.0 space factors or 78 in. (1981 mm)for units. Units(buckets)are designed in increments of 0.5 space factors.Each 0.5 space • factor is approximately 6.5 in.(165.1 mm)high.Units are designed as either removable(plug-in)or frame-mounted(non-plug-in). Individual units house a wide variety of power and logic devices.Plug-in units are mounted on unit support pans within the section.Stab assemblies on the back of the unit plugonto the vertical bus.A mechanical interlock prevents the unit door from being opened when the disconnect is not in the OFF position.An additional mechanical interlock prevents the unit from being plugged-in or unplugged when the disconnect is not in the OFF position. Line power is distributed throughout the MCC via an isolated bus work structure.The main horizontal bus is in the center of each section.Standard, center-fed,300 A rated vertical bus supplies power to the individual units above and below the horizontal bus for an effective 600 A capacity,allowing virtually unrestricted unit arrangement.An optional 600 A vertical bus provides 1200 A effective rating. The CENTERLINE MCC is also available with an ArcShield-rating.The ArcShield rating includes arc-resistant features that are intended to help provide enhanced protection to you during internal arcing faults(when compared to MCCs that are only designed to meet UL 845 requirements).Arcing faults can be caused,for example,by accidental touching,closing into faulted lines,or loose connections.Depending on the application,MCCs with the ArcShield ratingcan provide up to Type 2 accessibility per IEEE standard C37.20.7,which helps protect you when you are at the front,sides,and rear of the enclosure in the unlikely event of an arcing fault. • Rockwell Automation Publication 21 00-IN01 2E-EN-P-February 2012 9 • Ixaa�r 1 Ga!+arag�t�Ormnton A lab d on the MCC with the ArcSludd rating provides kdorm=oa in regard m the acceW:'Jitity[eve{and arc fWit Mri rvr more in-rur:nado abcr-a acc ssibi*kveis,perforn—rEv-anti.tesnatg requrcmcats,refer w fEEE sun6rd C�3"20.',[FEE Cure for Testing 4icral- Enclosed Switch.-car Rated up to 38 W for Internal Arcing Faub. MCCs wide ncc Arc9ucld.r dagprovide a rei-&rced stnu-mm a--td arc- con ai=c;r latches oa all doors To L4 protect you during an arc-fault,arc- conmirunent fzxchcs,Varr.I elased and larehhed property,sl ow prrssum rdiefaad help keep the doors from unhw ung or detaching from dic=nc tur- Nameplate Dau Each MCC section has a nameplate an die enclosure or verticalwim< dooc The aaMeglatr indsdes. • c aralog c ambcri smal mumbm • sc-ics leuer of section. • bw Gar voltage and current raring. • wctiaa numb= • UL arXJ cUL cavficatien m:rkirg • Ul-mgisqrradort=mbcz • etw�.asure tv;� Fgwe t-Section ffx=CTdf Berms Latter d Section Ca�fog Nam6srlSgia'�` 1 - :E.=ti &LS Bar 1 c:z � -' `�-' tsnd Ctx►en:Ring Lt and CUi CwM£zatxt Nfa-1nn _— �' UL Bw&zx-em R--tar _ Ri90f'-8 Section s —a s o Type • 10 Rcdaaeif Aura n K&:irx6c t Z4:II 4Wl2E-M-F-hbrumy 2012 F.A�:uj;-in and fr=e nlouuud usii�also has an identification WW-L T.ie unir 'abe:�s a::.;.':e inxciur of'rlic ia�uoir}iatc nf,�;ug•ia u,�ics ar an._':c irrtriar iie--:ix.c,s.3e pl x 3f dic'4unc w--m ed units.Ile nrit lzbel for c2J- c.fnare nets,.x�ur:r.inctLJm: • sores.M=of. Unit. • 'U,L ar.,�cL-i,c:m,ilcu'on irarbig. • dose Lype sim ft m.2-uvii LAW Cefte"r;lumber/Sez.418 bpj $Bias13Z3rff���. 11 IN AU "2113B-B A 5-4G-Z2-404UC Al V FO't3R.1Z40/1;`O c Sic iw t' ' :tR %.5ttP� ; Y/ P HI 60 ti,. I IN -e caxlcg rurber or sera.:namher and Seri s icc=c.:ra;r mod.Lo p over} 16--z.:77Joe cs p. .cnt ro sies o.Crary perso: Lcl. MCC Sequence Numbering C�N�RLDM fCCscrcd=si sofir.c -cmk:—'sr"z-�tctcd'_wt;1c w-ticr.;ns...=or or zT,foresa^ :t,vc-�cai sc.tio-►-aurn'ae ingscq�c:src OrdeL .Q MCC stenos:carry s serial plate dw idenA1ts wrtkal section sec Bence ::am b.ru:g For u= ple,MCC seedon 1 of l,1 of 5,imc`so on. Rpm 3-Secticn Placnaplata. NOTOR, CONTROL SE X7M Nt:—ZZ'n^y 11 t 1 • ?z:k vY ALromerdo R;tiicsecrr21CC-'i1017E•EN-F-February 2012 1F1E • Chapter 1 General hformatw Sections are numbered to match factory-supplied MCC elevation drawings. Numbering each section helps installers and users easily identify MCCs,sections, and units.If there are questions about section numbering during field installation, inspection,or operation,the following information can provide guidance on equipment acceptability,listing,and cerrfication. CENTERLINE MCC sections can be installed or added as follows: • In non-sequential order • Addition ofa single section(add-on section) • Addition of multiple sections(add-on lineup of sections) • Addition of single section or multiple sccrion between MCC sections If sections are added to an existing lineup and not installed in sequential order, the installation should not be considered a misapplication or in conflict with Underwriter Laboratories(UL)listing and Canadian Standards Association (,CSA)certification. The paramount criteria for additions of sections to existing MCCs is matching the horizontal bus electrical and ingress protection(enclosure type)ratings for the total MCC line up.For eaamplc,the voltage,current rating,short circuit withstand,and NEMA enclosure type(IP rating)for all sections must match. • Non-sequential numbering may not create a functional or l sting/cerdfication issue.However,MCCs should be installed in sequential order.Installing MCCs in sequential order helps ensure proper installation and ensures that factory- supplied documentation matches the equipment. You can rearrange MCC sections.However,if a section that uses a right-hand side sheet with integral,internal mounting flanges is on the outside ofa lineup,an additional closingkit place is required.Refer to CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center End Closing Plates Installation Instructions, publication 2100-IN069.MCCs that contain arc resistant features cannot use a section with integral mounting flanges on the outside of a lineup. UL/CSA Marking CENTERLINE MCCs are listed by Underwriter's Laboratories,Inc.(UL), Standard for Safety UL 845,and certified by the Canadian Standards Associare (CSA),Standard C22-2,No.14. Due to standards harmonization,a MCC may also carry the cUL designation. The cUL designation is comparable to CSA certification. Vertical sections and units arc labeled independently.It is possible to have combinations of labeled and non-labeled sections and units in the same MCC. • 12 Oockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN0UE-EN-P-February 2012 General khrmatior. Chapter 1 . Vertical sections and structure options that are UL listed and CSA/cUL certified are marked accordingly.All components in a UL or CSA listed section must be UL listed and eUI./CSA certified.The UI.and/or CSA/cUL designation is an integral part of the section nameplate as shown on page I_. Units and unit options that are UL listed and CSA/cUL certified are marked accordingly.All options and components in a UL and/or cUL/CSA listed unit must be UL listed or recognized and/or cUL/CSA certified.The UL designation is on the interior of the bottom plate ofplug-in units or on the interior right-hand side plate of frame mounted units. Figure 4-UL Label Designation for Units UNDERWRITERS tABORATOR1E4re MOTOR CONTROL CENTER UNIT NO. R-295216 FLArtt[�] AUen-8r1d1er Short-circuit Rating Label MCC vertical sections that arc UL listed and/or CSA/cUL certified will carry a short-circuit rating label.The short-circuit rating label for a vertical section is on • the inside of the vertical wircway door of standard sections or on the interior right-hand side plate of a section that contains a unit that occupies the full section and does not contain a vertical wireway. Figure 5-Short Circuit Label for Sections S'iOR' CiRCUI'RATING E5;OCO AN P£RES RYS S`r VIAETRICAL 607 VOLTS MAXIMUM. DC NC-!NSTA�L ON C!RCU7S WITH A. 4f-ABLE SHOR--CIRCUIT CURRENTS OREA-ER THAN THE ABOV°RATING O°ANY INSTALLEC UNIT. Allen-Bradley MCC units that are UL listed and/or CSA/cUL certified will carry a short- circuit rating label on the bottom plate of plug-in units or on interior right-hand side plate of frame mounted units. Figure 6-Short Circuit Label for Units :tilT SHORT•CiRCUrr RATING 7C COC R4IS SYMVE R CAL AMPERES, 48o VOLTS MAXIMUM • Acckwell Automation PAlication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 13 • awpW 1 Genoz4 laformetw ArCShieW Rating Labels MCC units drat have the arc resistant raring wiff ca.-ry a raring label on thz vcrcicslwirewzydooc This Label serves as tfie arc resistant narnep!aw and pr+m ides infUrMation on the acC rrsiS=rating:Thrx=wi f also be Ubc;s on other pasts d=need to be in place before OP=dng an arc mdstant MCC. Fore 3-AmSbidd Labels 10 its Am DmIjast Canes dlmited Rwmg ARC RESISTANT EQUIPMENT , ARC RESISTANT EQUIPMENT 1%CCE181T':SYM2 amrs�n TTfl1 AC�OA7 C71t1ST O0wai stlN lt!C YI'CQT CyBCWfQLq=M: FOfM i A6 AWm1¢yR L]ne: :L U= Y� C/ES1R710111LYOlLE&< 4w'l RAmL-feSMtawortAm<dw f$X'�-A!O'ItA¢'AAmA aat�+M1tlx-a.fm GewY�.l Kti<ar OCOSEW LATHOI AM AEU . a�urv�Mo��. .aen.wrrw. i EIIaL ftlRl"E iL^:RIi81ifR niMC can/[�BCOMRRYRTI IOIY i ryp�r�rt7r$�STrrorGlTJC 6EA t0 �(}�CsoEltp�Ruv laeYetl PUM-ZAE 1129*41--a rciQ.'FL'Rt,2�eoQf.TaLYfRtl1tl� OCT=&i A a."+e-'4rrtsA maoae:_inmuora wnPeaea� UTMW"xnmsw--r_-w_ uomeoamu:^esmcrerxeevum EL.BIr8rr teutarr• Lt.CK As ,e,rAeaace�a«nnA.Taya ARC ALiSi7:.T i MrwT BUMLOM KCQt T1 Y11LA]tI1Ol L1B� A K=FQI: !m'rAxrxni RRtlCKQAfM1CAE:iOM a lf Ame��dAso:ralom FA&UM MM-=-'M GLIMMES CO= F,l.I.�S'O g1RIT1�.Q_SICCA.i3AW.r: tlScT X 3EYEW char an U&MH any sv.>.r aRmnM �.m • Series Number and Series ATTMnCIN.tkwJ ldAt, tmxgls-befafe at rNV ttW SOC60M Or [U as Manufactured in the 4L mext-;'N-&-LwF(,'Cr United Sues Tahle t-SactEam Series &ca{se Gewrio"of cbmw Gatelr:rp4easenw tetbr its the US. A Cl-tjnal&Isiga Gab- y 1971 B All Changed terminal Mons Nowe to 1976 C AU Utnirztion of exWmal maarting'itsnnels June 19i9 A" Ram a`ed 2192 sd 2193 AprH 1901 A;: ied&viya 9wkglin9 Qztaber 19w F f Ali Vcrwfied tDp lmim�t w1:9ww,oen tO a�nits wit.! a i in toprr¢st s,^ace fe to October tE83 E 7 42K 42 t branrrq-iomrporat�now bus sum cow Jarnrsry 1985 &rK E5 k brws rq morpwtes new bw m1d terse duly 198E H A!i New h;.i desdg: da.may 19EF A:' Charged haodle,opwatirg damn,v cam;','_jmer s-z`�rtMa-Famrmr senses C,15C A.250 A.400 A October 19N frame K A!i Chan*to nave unit Touadir:g system+ wy 19m AEI Changed tc new 6M...12M A circuit bmabu operatkv n=tanrsm Felrttlery 1996 14 Ro*mil Automation PttHcetion 2TII4N612E-9a-February 2012 General Information Cbapbrl • Table 1-Secfiions Series Scope Description of Change Detelmplemarted Letter in the U.S. M All Changed to serpentine DeviceNet call system May 2001 N All New design for 100,000 A bus bracing and begin use of right-hand sidesheet with integrai mounting flanges. May 20C9 P All New design for bus covers February 2012 11; Replacement and renews!parts are no longer supported.For more information,contact Rockwell Automation LV MCC Technical Support at 1.440,646 5800 and follawthe oromots to Allen-Rradley>d ow Voltage Motor Central Centers>Prst Shipment Support Table 2-2100 Usits Series Scope Description of Change Data Implemented in Letter U.S. A t Original design February 1971 B!tt All sizes Changed terminal blocks November 1976 C M All sizes Changed handle mechanism to Cutler-Hammer MCPs June 1979 Dl1t Size 5 Changed from ITE to Allen-Bradley 400A disconnect April 1981 E(1) All sizes Changed from Bulletin 709 series K starters to Bulletin 500 line starters April 1981 —FIT— Ali sizes Redesign of gasketing,wraparound and unit support pan for Bulletin 700 line October 1982 Glut All sizes Redesign of gasketing,wraparound and unit support pan for Bulletin 500 pine October 1982 Hit 1 All sizes Changed to new door.circuit breaker mechanism and control station April 1984 J it Size 5 Changed to Buletin 500 series L October 1984 • Size 3 Changed to new PCP 100A disconnect December 1988 Size 6 Changed to Bulletin 500 series B starters October 1988 K Size 1-5 CB units Changed handie,operating mechanism and circuit breaker to Cutler-Hammer series C,150 A, October 1986 and size 1-2 disc 25C A,400 A frame units L 21Athrough 54A Changed to Bulletin 100 line contactors in 21 A,30 A,45 A SMC units and original design 24 November 1989 A,35 A,54 A SMC units M All sizes Changed to new unit grounding system and 600 A,80C A,12CO A bolted pressure switch May 1990 N Ail sizes Changed to PCP 200 A and 400 A disconnect,rerated vacuum Bulletin 2112 and 2113 and January 1993 new pilot device offerings P 0.5 SF CB units External auxiliary or circuit breakers April 1994 2103L,2113, 2193 0 All sizes and New dsconnet,external auxiliary contacts and new BCO A...1200 A circuit breaker May 1996 ratings operating mechanism R SMC units Redesigr and upgrade of ratings for 24 A...500 A SMC-2 and SMC-PLUS units.Original August 1997 design of SMC Oialog Plus units 1200A 2193 Redesign of 1200A,2193F and 2193M units November 1997 BOCA 2193 Changed circuit breakers tc MDL Frame November 199E 225A 2193.r Changed circuit breakers from J Frame to F Frame October 1999 T 2000A 2193 Charged to flange mounted operating handle November 2000 All sizes Changed the Bulletin BOOMR and Bulletin BOOT-PS pilot devices to Bulletin 80CEs November 2000 All 1.5 space Changed unit bottor..plate November 2000 factor units • Roekwe!I Automation Publication 2100-INO12E-EN-P-February 2012 15 iCbq"1 General Information Table 2-2100 Units Swiss Scope Description of Change Date implemeotet!in Letter U.S. u SO except 2100- Changed to new Bulletin 1497 control circuit transformer July 2001 2100-SDl Changed smoke detector head and base components November W V 21620,21630, Redesign of 240-480V PowerFlex6 70 and release of 600V PowerFlex 70 April 2002 21640,21650 2162R,2163R, Original release of PowerFlex 700 July 2002 2164R,21 M 2154H,2155H Original release of SMCM-3 Noverter 2002 2154J,2155J Original release of SMC Rex April 2004 2112,size 3,4 Redesign to reduced space factor with Class J fuse clip April 2004 and 5 2162T,2163T Original release of PowerFlex 40 September 2004 2107,2113,size Reduced space factor April 2005 3 X 21620,21530 Reduced space factor,changed CCT with integral fuses April 2005 All sizes 800F pilot devices August 2005 2154J,2155J, Redesign to change units from frame mourned to plug-in March 2006 108A and 135A 21M 2184R, Redesign for change from SMP overload relay to E1 Plus overload relay August 2006 Y 2165Q 2165R (Drive with manual bypass) 2107,2113,size Redesign due to starter component series letter change December 20D9 2 and 3 (1) Pap(acement and renewal parts are no longer supported.For more information contact Rockwell Automation LV M Technical Support at 1.440.B4B.5800 and follow the prompts to Alten-Bradley>Low Voltage Motor Control Cemers>Post Shipment Support. Table 3-24M Units Series Scope Description of Change Date ImNleawated Letter in U.S. A — Original design June 1990 B 18A,24A,30A Changed to series B,Bulletin 194R,30 A disconnect March 1992 C 18A,24A,30A Changed to three Bulletin BOOE pilot devices on 0.5 space factor units JUN 1992 D All sizes New disconnect external auxiliary contacts and new 600 A...1200 A circuit breaker operating February 19% mechanism ISA-85A Original design of units with a Bulletin 100-C contactor September 1999 • 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 210D-IN012E-EI*P-February 2012 General Information Chapter I • Series Lettering - Units and When using sections in conjunction with units of different series letters,consult Sections the table below. Table 4-MCC Modification for Unit and Structure Compatibility If Mounted in Plug-in Units No Requires Requires Requires Requires Requires Requires Requires this T Additional style 1 Style 3 Styie3Uoit Alternate Door R:rt Ground Section PadsParts I Unit unit Support Top Gasketieg Kit 131 Bus Kit Regsired Support Support I Pan w/ Horizontal ICrt Pan Pan f Bushing Wireway Pon Space Series — f 2100H- 2100H- 2100H- 2100H- 2100-GJ10 2100H- 21011H- Factor UAJ1 UA12100H USPA1 NA4A1 R7 GS7 -UJ1 2100111- 2100H- 2100H- USPJ1 NA4J1 R2 i 2100H- NA4A2 i 2100H- NA4J2 NEMA Type� 1.0 or A-E IQ) ✓ — — I— — — — — Series A...D 4) larger 4 F-�;} — M or ✓ — — ✓5 — — ✓ later cs} NEMA Typ� 0.9) N or later — — — ✓ — — ✓ ✓ Series E...J 4 ✓ 1.0 or A_b4) — — — — — — (8) larger F L)4) ✓ — — i — • Mor — — — — — — — ✓ Iaterls} NEMA Type 1 0.521 N or!ater ✓ — — — — — — Series K or later larger M or later ✓ — NEMA Type 1 w/ 1.0 or A-E'41 ✓ — — — — — — — gasket orType larger12 4j — — — (s) — — F-L ✓ ✓ ✓ Series A...D M or later ✓ • Rockwel!Automation Publication 21Ga-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 17 • Chapter 1 lieneral m irmation Table 4-MCC Modifications for Unit and Structure Compatibility It Mounted in Plug-in Units No Requires Reqquires Requires Requires Requires Requires Requires tfiis Typ Additional Style 1 Style 3 Style Unit Alternate Door Retr(gsfit Ground Sectionp1l% Parts Unit Unit Support Top Gasketing Kit Bus Kit Required Support Support Pan w/ Horizontal Kit Pan Pan Bushing Wireway Pen Space Series 21WH- 210OH- 2100H- 2100H- 2100-GJ10 2100H- 210OH- Factor UAJ1 UAt2100H USPAt NAW R1 GSI -UJ7 2100H- 210OH- 2100H- USPJ1 NA4J1 R2 2100H- NA4A2 210011 NA4J2 NEMA Type 1 w/ 0.5(�) N ar later — — ✓ '� gasket or Type 1.0 or A Ei4} — ✓ — — — 0 12 — Series E..J In larger F-L141 ✓ — — — — — — M or later — — — — — — — NEMA Type 1 w/ 0.5 z! N or later ✓ — — — — — — gasket orType 12 1-0or AL141 — — ✓ — — — 0 Series K or later larger M or later ✓ — (1) When installing unit in topmost Ixa'ion in verical sections,:are must be taken to comply with the National E ectric Code 6 7 ft(2000 mil unit handle-to-floor height • limitation.A unit operating handle extender(cataiog number 2100-NE1)that provides 3 in.(762 mmI added height flexibility is available. (2; When CENTERLINE 2100,0.5 space facia or Space Sa ing NEMA Starter plug-in units are ordered unassembled or ordered for existing sections,a centralized wiring diagram holder kit(catalog number 2100H-WOH)shouk be ordered (3) Permits installation of 0.5 space factor or Space Saving%-MA Starter plug-in units in existing series E..J CENTERLINE 2100 vertical sections. (4) Replacement and renewal parts are no longer suppored.Contact Rockwell Automation LV MCC Technical Supo❑rt at 1.4Q,646.5i300 and fallow the prompts to AI len- 6radlar>tow Voltage Motor Control Centers>Post Shipment Support. i51 Required only if series F or later,1 0 space factor or larger CENTERLINE 2100 unit is installed in topmost location of series A.E vertical sections. 16) For more information regarding possible door hinge requirements.contact Rockwell Autcmation LV MCC Tedrical Support at 1.440.646,5900 and follow the prompts to Allen-Elradley>LowVoltage Motor Control Centers>Post Shipment Support (7) Series E...J sections cannot accommodate 0-5 space`actor or Space Sav ng NEMA Stara plug-in units in bottom-most unit location. (8) A ground strap can be used to ground units rather than installing a ground bus.Refer tc the CENTERLINE 2100 Motor ConVnl Centers[MCC)Units with Vertical Operating Handles Installation Iristruetions,publication • 19 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 GwwY kduwAcq Ckapw i Receiving, Handling,and Refer to the f6l;ow!ct3 wct:ons�brinrcrwmtoo on receiv:n g,handling,and Storage swage c:MCC u-111ts. Receiving As mz m,CLN'M-K.T`i E:4(CCs a:c siai!sre 3 u n_ sht ir. shii"'n9 bled of one to these fraorrr WO=:ea SWIMS or two co six.back-to-back sections.melt ss,:p;-g biocE oEctf h.CC is��wz::�3:ii;:gag sng�.Tic iifts"ng acglc is up:io.sa':oa I`ILVA Type A and TFpe 4'viCCa.Each rr ucal sect ion in a ship?Lig p ock is So:t to the th;Nirg zk d and covcrtd mth d=p wrap. Egayp ntc:tt&.az e:aca s rrcm '��e sa.v s:ww is a.'u p w=wd:?m^. I:IOn is fir cprgl,t s3 ii pins wi s cct wa=o-acf o.wat*-*i%.if n=nary,otha cypc s of pacit giriga__ava:' Refer to pubkrion 2l00-ZN040 for receiving,han&ag,and storage instrummn&This puhb=zion is shipped month each MCC,armched to:he outside of dm MCC iwl&m the'a ar of clear T)Im c wrap.For ad&dDriA itdornm6on about the handb vs&is mDmioa,opc2don,and m-'�.ancc of MCC&raced more than sat WV,consult NE:VlA T CS?3-7 995. Exp2•t?acka;-V A mmemmurnaE wxt!a.,s sw€ w4 Ve4ht can be s'upptd with • export czc tagtng taget=is onzl a =-,,:c]i:CC is bored w a skb anc wrpp.-i in pw" a::p sai=Nk for colon 'w=r-VIfq;c weoden Ea-cv m sipbasrd X sr Ana.F am?wkag�rais nJs wa==!e.c,wanezpmd a:irmmdcd.for'_r ng--.=stc-aga Even ded sx-agc raar requ re sp=:: ica'= Ord other calasYlcmd=L FArart Dawng a&I.s extra Wad:t ua3 ^rrc^f=ars to tide&Mpp"ngblociL Rgum S-Handling and Receiving Mtn i I t E l Shims 57od • Raivrs(1 Autortsstiors Puhlica6mr 2t G„-'tfi'12fL�-�-Fs`iroery 2012 S8 • t t s Edon Handling ):ifriag wid>_a.foeAdx,ovaf d{ifdtl&ding lifting,and pipe or rod roUtng i.c mcthccs dt c can Lc used ro ha.Ze vatiC21 SCCMrs Sec the f jjMFing t2h1=for tpi cai wc4ies and dimensions for standard 20 m.(508 mm)awe arEc 15 in. (38 I ram;or 2G in-(54I8 mm)decp sections_For sizes nor listed,cansuh yuui fecal.Rackw6 Actomadca Saks Offim TELCri 5-Shippiuq Weights and Qin essians-Standard Pscka6ina sw,rdard Paddrtg Wgigiu Hecgkt Depth YAM is.(CM), iL kd, in.(ern). a;*rax awax fix- "WOL heft mcnntad SC)(227) 96(mil 36(911 43 i1F) S-sedian GiacL Front ffma tad 1t100(454) 93(24() 36 191) 43 OM Z- cu black Front ma"ed 1500 PM 9S(244i 35 P1) 63: 3-secdarr black llm*-W-back 1M3(4--; 96(2441 42('07) C. 2-fart cn ale& Back-tn-!sack i ax[gig) r!2441 42(1071 4a C-futfcu Mack Back-tn4tack ic"W 96(244) 42(1M 610 ef-5 • 6-section btocJc (Ti StavdvdFedinfzr -.,? :.m5,3Ur4sdAmsad(4r,31&',o:i1G:ugnyL--�*s=rod c:a std ar'caesad n c'ea�e waa;Thin psdcatp�r� T c�.�f. Table 6-S&-fggk2 Wcig1ft and aimessimm-EgNut Pocketing Fqur3 Pacfdr weigkr Height D�r ih:dth (wow d Ib(kqt, UL t�i. racer#, iu fsarh swax apprmL eWOL opprOL From rttn aW 673(2951 99(252) 37(°.4) 44 it 12; 1-section block Front rs000d 1156;'s92) 99(252) 37�M) 44;t 171 2-sacti=11 ccL- Frertmcrmted ,653,7481 99,252) 37;94) a,- ET, 3-seeti3n Unk Back-t3-heck 12M;514) 99!252) t3(1G4j 44f,12) 2-section black Bart-b4mck 2 --!;907) 99(252) 43(109; 414 t112"r 4-sectiotr block Back•t bock 245?;1111) 99(252) 43(1C9( R e-63) 6at<ctioo block (1: Fr wi�adiRq 'below dad n caQ"for a0 rye st mr'sWa The WZ2 g bat!is mom..ced rn a gaa mG covered m dear mastic wrcp Ties padw-7r4-3 rat waWt;&k a Weterrt*eaF- As£t=-ara5 7ub�mratres>c�tdl G4e sht�Rq 5i�Ths smart i add exRe rti�li a^d rrc�etsec tie d^�rsc��the ah;.,ri*g isask AT1'E1V7 ON,t.1,7Cs are tcp and front heavy.To avoid urea in;Ury or sbuctura)damage,r w attaW to iaft ac mcve dhe WC by any mw-rs other than the mef.3&cut4ined in PoceMng.Hardrrng and Storing Alter Contro',Cwters,pblicatim 2100-1 • 28 Fbck reii Autorna6cn Pu>tica6on 21iG74W 2E-EN-P-February 2012 Gerierallnformation Chapterl • Storage and Operation CENTERLINE MCCs conform to NEMA standard ICS 1-2000 for service and storage conditions.All MCCs should operate in an ambient temperature above 0°C(32 OF)but not exceeding 40°C(104 OF)at 95%non-condensing humidity. If the equipment is stored,the ambient temperature should remain above -30°C(-22 OF)but not exceed 65°C(149 OF).In addition,MCCs have an altitude class of 2 km(1 km for MCCs that contain variable frequency drives). The altitude class of 2 km designates equipment for installation where the attitude does nor exceed 2000 m(6600 ft).For installation above 2000 m(6600 ft),contact Rockwell Automation LV MCC Technical Support at 1.440.646.5800 and follow the prompts to Allen-Bradley>Low Voltage Motor Control Centers>Post Shipment Support. • • Rockwell Automation Publication 21004N012E-EN-3-February 2012 21 . Chapter 1 Hemrai k11 rmation Notes: • 22 Rockwall Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 CheP te► 2 • Installation Procedures Location Planning When planning the location for your CENTERLINE MCC,consider the following: • Conduits • Busways • Overall height of installation area • Alignment with other equipment • Future needs • Ambient temperature The area must be level and the environment must be compatible with the NEMA enclosure raring of the equipment Documentation packages shipped with assembled MCCs include an MCC elevation drawing and an MCC floor plan layout. • Height Considerations If the MCC is equipped with optional external mounting channels or is mounted on a pad,the height from the floor to the center of the top handles must be checked for compliance with NFPA 70 National Electrical Code(NEC)Article 404.8 and UL Standard 845.If the distance from the floor to the center of the highest handle is greater than 6.7 ft(2042.16 mm)a unit operating handle extender should be added(catalog number 210014-NE 1). Figure 9-Height Planning Dirsensions Height of Handle 0 6.7 ft(2042.16 mm) Maximum 0 Cement Pad Floor Line 9adcmil Automation?ublication 210C-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 23 iCbaptar 2 Installation Procedures ArcShield Clearance Height The area above the MCC top plate must be unrestricted to allow for proper operation of the pressure relief venting system. • A minimum clearance above the top of the MCC of 12 in.(305 mm)must be available to allow for pressure relief and/or venting should an internal arcing fault occur. • Conduit,cable,and wiring must be installed in such a way so that it does not interfere with the opening of the top plate vent(no cable or conduit in the top-rear ofcabinet;cable trays must be a minimum of 12 in.(305 mm) above the top plate). IMPORTANT The lifting angle should not be removed from ArcShield sections with 100 ms arc resistant rating. Figure 10•ArcShield Planning Dimensions ArcShield Sections with 100 ms Arc Rating Only f 12 in(305 mm) • i I 4 Securing an MCC Anchor bolts[1/2 in.(13 mm)]may be embedded in the foundation prior to installation.Two bolts per vertical section fasten the MCC through its internal mounting angle to the foundation[comer sections require three bolts and 40 in. (1016 mm)wide sections require four bolts].See the following illustrations and tables for general dimensions.Dimensions matching your equipment can be found on the elevation drawings shipped with your MCC. • Z4 Rockwell Automation Publication 21004N012E-EN-P-February 2012 I I I -'.l Rracetiu ee ChmpW2 • Fpn11-Miff/ObwmionferUbLai13UL Saaam zr _Es. _ � El ID i , ! B z ' SUM* ® D vwt�vr g ! tSi:rrro3 tS01nvN • IMPORTANT The axtema!rertici r4wt angle a:t MCC smears with IW rns am- tasistart rating aEM az;WZttcml 2 in.003 mmi to eaeb end at the Weup. • 15a ival!Avzmaftn Pt kaft 2lMM0126-EN-F-F*wry 2017 !9 iChapter 2 Installation tloceaures Figure 12-Mountie,Dimension for 15 hL and 20 in.Sections-continued (2)Mounting Slots 0.56 in.x 1.13 in.Slots 114 mm x 29 mm)Slots A D 0 0 /0 Standard Ground Bus Rear 0.25 in. - - (6.35 mm) B C 7.38 in'. 187 mm) Front X\\ E E • For seismic bolt-cl wn applications:first For seismic bolt-down applications:last section of section of the MCC lineup. the MCC lineup,extra bolt-down locations(2 bolts). The optional cxrcmal mounting channcls add 1.5 in.(38.1 mm)to the height. Dbrensions 15 in.Deep 20 in.Deep appmx. 20 In.Wide 25 in.Wide 30 in.Wide 35 in.Wide 20 it.Wide 251&Wide 30 in.WM@ 35 Iv.WWv In.(mm) in.Imm) In.(rhea) in.Imi) in.Inn) in.(aen) in.(mm) in.(nre) A 20.00(508) 25.00(635) 30.00(762) 35.00(889) 20.00(508) 25.00(635) 30.00(762) 35.00(889) B 15.00(381) 15.00(381) 15.001381) 15.001381) 20.00(508) 20.00(508) 20.001508) 20.00(508) C 11.56(294) 11.56(294) 11.56(294) 11.56(294) 16.56(421) 16.56(421) 16.56(421) 16.56(421) D 10.00(254) 12.50(318) 15.00(381) 17.50(445) 10.00(254) 12.50(318) 15.W(381) 17.50(445) E tl 9.25(235) 1 11.75(299) 14.25(362) 16.75(425) 9.25(235) 11.75(29-9) 1425(362) 16.75(426) l l) Applies to first and last sections that require seismic ratings. • 26 Rockwe0 Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 ,MW.Lres (:YR�tiRrt • Mounting Dimensions for 30 in.and:d in.Dee Back-to-Back Section 7.38 in (187 mm) � l 16 mm) Q --_ — 3.19 in.01=4 :tea 0.,in.(-i mm1 — MOW 6mr U I ' t - 7 38 in,(187 mm) 20 in.ocev aiL go" Dimeab�ons DUB+6Y. 20 in-Wide 26 in.VW& 30 im Mlfife 35 in.Wide 20 im.tPVde 25 iR.wwo 3E is VfMa 35 fi L Wide iR.(RRR) im("W im(NNW im(XW4 im(Ram.) in.(=W ie-bw in-Imm) • A 20.00(5M 25AO M 30.00(7fi21 35.00(0 % 20.00(5W) 2'5.001635E 30.00 MZ 35.00 W1 B 30.00(7621 30.00 f7621 3D.W(1621 30.00(7811 40-00(MG) 40.00(10161 40.00(10181 40.OD(1016'1 C i1%(M) 1156(m) 111.56(m) 11.56(M) 1&SO(421) 16.561421) 16 6(AM) 1656µ211 B 10[t0(2541 12.%1318E I 15.00(m) 17%W-54 10-M(2541 12.50(3101 152(181) 1750(4451 • Pockwel I Automation PublicatLon 21OD-IN011E-EN-P-February 2012 �1 • Chapter 2 mstallaUon Procedures Figure 13-Mounting Dimensions for 25 in.Wide Section with 9 in.(228.8 mm) Wireway[90 in.(2286 mm)high] WAREWAY • us2anw i YgREWAY ns2..4 pn rt.ro Isocrnn, • The optional extemal mounting channcls add 1.5 in.(38.1 mm)to the height. • 21 Rockwell Automation Publication 21 DO-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 Mra&W fte#Am ChopurZ • 14- 10110 iR.Witf Sftikll if61D in.,ice W* A lo I Atl3I U. ` i , fin,06 Rim) 1,25 im(32 mm( 4 Ssolio.r Dept, 15 in.(M. mrit)D9*D 20 in.f5M mm)Dew nr-.(mm) in:.(mm) A 12.75(3241 17.75(4511 14.75(3751 19.75(6M • Rockwell Automation PAliotion 21 MINOI 2E-EN-P-February 2012 • Chapter 2 Instanat on rroceoures Figure 15-Mourning Dimensions for NEMA 3R and 4 Section[90 in.(2866 mm)high] �mar 065 mm: I I I I I I ! I I I I ! I I w�ammf ! I I I I I I ! I I ! I ! I I I � I pe�ro I E Ha+KrG t cw�.rrEi rasa+--.J �ssr i�T3 mml (Cl mr�� �l mml MAX i,ro REAR OF UW4FT) • jp Rockwell Automaticr Publication 21 CO 1N012E-EN-P-February 2012 Insulabw PrucMures 1 • Rpre 18-Mocaliig Diumnion foF UM 3R oW 4 Seth 2.w few Min wkft Section • AS MR) T U.9 Mrs 0.63 ir.IIS roj MwtoW !Ft-u,c qptiGrAlnor,-=:rvwW)if-lnga-zgk Is mpp4cd,acid 3-63%.(M2-mm)w heig.hL ExtirforSoctlenW%lb Gimaasior, 70 in.( rim, w'-aZml 25 in. frL(I !ff Wide!'? Wide dO. in.(MM!, in.imml DOMM) 2 c-,NJ PS 5 smzr'"MI 3v.�7'3's57 • 15.75*44VII 1EIE 14,21 1&75 1,11EMC '22-75 j-AP, 1626;4',^i fj; Tk- is i-'.Bra m;:x with. • 9o:::zom.fi Accm. a icn Pub[icafim 211-.NM2E-W-February 2012 31 • M"W2 Install OUftcadam Fig am 17-MauuG3:g Dimeas cu for 15 ia.and 20 m Deep Conner So--tion [96 in.(2m Ana;hiq l N: M.i AI 5 El IY rp R / (Z t�tant;sng$fats 56 in x 1.13 in.to Slob C (14 emn x 2g axni � �Q.ZS�(6 Sn�►� 1.41^{3E rIn C Tie optioral exmnal mmmdng cl=lncls add 1.5 in 'Al mm)to Z�c hdSht Ss aGV6 ai�vas:a�. 15 in-w Mail aca¢ 22 ln.sm8 am)GaGp ia.(=W m irW A 25.13 i6381 3(L12(765) B 1263;321} 15.13(3B4j C 16V 14271 21.81 D 17.62 r44ir? 22.62(5795 • 32 Rodww AL, ro; icn Miicadm 21GNKI2E-ENI-P-Fdmary 2012 -- installationP►ocedures Ch*WZ • Figure 18-Mounting Dimensions for 15 in.and 20 in.Deep x 40 in.Wide Front-mounted Section A 0 0 e a NAIIEVYAY PR w n:z-nc I , III n i 1 "' t pnaal I 1 =0""B ;1 I I - I I I I I nw I I ::Jmmy I I I I I I WIRHWIY • It4mml 1 I I I n a' E1n� j I • I I I I I I I I I I ; 1 uc; I way-=' I I I I I { I A4TG HXES FOR 5A Ii HMK Bb*m=W dam The optional external mounting channels add 1.5 in.(38.1 mm)to the height Section Width t Dimensions approx. 20 in.Wide 25 in,Wide 30 in.Wide 35 in.Wide 90 in.Wide in.(mm) in.(mm) in.(mm) in.(mtn) in.(rnm) A 17.25(438) 22.25{565) 27.25(692) 32.25(619) 37.25(946) 8 16.50(419) 21.50$46) 26.50(6731 31.50(B00) 36.50(927) C 5.25(133) 1.75(197) 10.25(260) 12.75(324) 15.25(387) (1) When a horizontal bus ora d'.sconnectiq means(switch or circuft breaker;is specified,reduce the'A dimension by 5 in.(127 mm). • Roctavall Automation Publication 2100-!N012E-EN-P-February 2012 33 Chapter 1 Insmllaticn Rricedum Fgare t4-Mauodcq Ouaewtions for 15 in.and 2Q hL U"p x 48 in.Wilde Eraut-mcartted Serra WOG w�(1016 mm; �Qt- 3a mr.} 1M in(43 rxn} 7.15a 1102mm) Q Frar3 c• n 2tLQQ it:,mz mm} \�CLgiw.x 1.12 ac n Sf= Sandud EkmirdE '"i (t4 ran r 292 rrr=4 S." Yas�es>}epm f2imass±ae. ajqmrx, fS in.t�Drip 1B in. I�P 15fml 23fxL$ H :'.56ow" 56 ;421} • • 34 Padcweil Aut matiw Putifcefiwn 21G34NG'.2E4Bt-F-February 2012 Procadiff es Chapter 2 • Figwo 20-kbonfing Dimmion for 71 in,H tl"cod k*i*,'lACC Soclion a 2.5 tr,.fj wc,41 0.25 in.16 rwnl 20 in. 15M Tl in.High Spclicm (1 PMA rpm) $Wllen Depth DieneRisan saarsx 15 in.(M um)Deep 20;* WE MMI c4sp Jim 011011) in (rn A 15M(M fd 14.75(374) c 5.1203M 0 4 JIM) 4,0012) • Rockwell Automation PUOlication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 35 • cif 2 fnsWIieges ftcedLKas Seismic Requirements to dermLstr=dw seismic with ofvarteas CENTERINE MCCs[2C ui deep(56F mm).30 ia.deep(762=4 ba&-to-baA.and 40 in deep I W16 mm) Endr-wo cjj,the MCC"gn corw-r�on hr,been gmL&d by•cismk calca_'artam per d►e Un%rurm Building Cock(UBC).CEN ERI.LNE 2100 MCC sampies hire Gars wis_rttit y quaiified by dmamnic(aiaxw rnuld- frequcncy testing)seismic tests per i1+EE 344 Seismic Test Standards.The results ci dic MCC seismic t utng dcmans==d m4npliancc wider the 100%g kvd of C.`'nLl7a=n BuM4 Code 1997(URC)Doae 4(the madman LTBC Dome;and IGG06 g level oEThc lnmr=. onat Bui ding Code 2oO6 UB C),for OurVk the MCC stru_-arrr,eic MCC ui m and d:e MCC compormm or electrical funcaf,xm were not eomrremmd whc=mb)ected to a UBC Zcrre 4 esrcligmha or d-Le IBC sLj=.,c cv=--Per the IEEE 344 smnAard,the cgmipmem was under power znd epc-.aud budore,during,and after 6c sd-m&tests IPAPflRTANT `2raL`sfrEc art veuni'W 'ru'aut'div�arfi qua arc+ 12 order to obtain a U 3C or IBC sei mic vert$atandability CaCiI iZ,lie-icrrral CLNI ERL ;E 21GO MCC lineup(for—pb-Sxi fncnt a7.d tact MCCs in f-mq%&- uwat be moLmtcd on an admix gmic faundacim and insca!Ied per d c snctcic azchoring requirements as shown m de fatiawirg fn scsmlc appL'catcaa diuz-ions`E'applies to the ffin and last sxdoaa of dx MCC Zinc t .Sec Figure 1 I-jfbgUdt x l]j=sinna for L in in for dimensions. Fugate ZI-Seialdc Heft Qatari RvVimmub �--E--� �C 00 00 t O O O Fast Sedu rtrrsf !es`SeCtCf? Serxrc snow artd Aedt--Ttai Se-t= L_ mcc iJeP.p ------------------ rThe Eacdv a!grad is;,°1=r-'3 Grtde 5 cr HF° 3 M12 or banw b3tts embedded::the'ec.^cdatm i 36 Rodcmd Aanmetim Pudlimben 21.0- 612E-W-Febaery 2012 nsta;lation Procedures Chapter • Figure 22-Seismic Weld Down Requirements 0.25 in.(6 mrr) Rear TAdditional d Section and First Secti Sections Last Section ont 1-1 I 1.50 in.(38 .(38mm} « I� 1.501.50 in. 1.50 in 0 in.(38 mm) (3g mm) (38 mm) — MCC Lineup Rea, Optional Location Front for Rear Welds Floor Line Left-hand Side View Joining and Splicing New A main horizontal bus splice kit must be installed between shipping blocks of MCCS new MCCs to connect the main horizontal bus.In addition,the neutral bus splice kit(if required)and the ground bus splice kit must be installed between shipping blocks.Refer to CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Joining and Splicing Vertical Sections Instructions,publication 2100-IN010 Joining and Splicing A main horizontal bus,a neutral bus(if required),and a ground bus splice kit Existing MCCs must be installed when adding to existing CENTERLINE MCCs.When adding to existing MCCs,you muse identify the series of the MCC that you will be adding to.If the existing MCC is series A or B,you must consult MCC technical support at 1.440.646.5800 and follow the prompts to Allen-Bradley>Low Voltage Motor Control Centers>Post Shipment Support for joining and splicing procedures.When the existing MCC is series C or later,refer to CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Joining and Splicing Vertical Sections Instructions,publication Be sure to also connect DeviceNet cables and other control cables as required. • Rockwell Automation•Publication 210C-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 37 Chapter2 Installation Procedures Joining and Splicing MCCs In addition to the horizontal,neutral(if required),and ground bus splicing kits, with AreShield CENTERLINE MCCs with arc-resistant ratings have these additional requirements. • MCCs with the 100 ms arc-resistant rating have a back-corner baffle at the end of each lineup and insulation on the side closing-plate at the end of the lineup.Thcy also have external vertical support angles at each end of the lineup. • MCCs with the device-limited rating have insulation on the horizontal bus side closing-plates at each end of the lineup. Installing and Joining Pull When pull boxes are supplied with your MCC,refer to Installing a Pull Box on a Boxes Bulletin 2100 Vertical Section,publication . for installing and joining the pull box onto the vertical section. Joining and Splicing NEMA NEMA Type 12 MCCs must be properly installed to prevent the ingress of dust Type 12 MCCs and dirt-Follow the caulking instructions in the NEMA Type 12 Scaling Instructions,publication 102 0-IN037,supplied with the NEMA 12 MCC. Using caulk,close any mounting holes in the bottom plates and bolt holes . between shipping splits. It is necessary that all door latches and wircway doors be fully latched to prevent dust and dirt from entering the enclosure and to meet NEMA Type 12 requirements. Joining and Splicing NEMA A main horizontal bus,a neutral bus(if required)and a ground bus splice kit Type 311 and Type 4 MCCs must be:nnsahcd between the internal sections for new and existing NEMA Type 3R and Type 4 MCCs.Refer to CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Joining and Splicing Vertical Sections Instructions,publication 2100-WO]0.for splicing Type 3R and Type 4 internal sections. • 38 Flochm,Automation Publication 2100•IN012E-EN-P.February 2012 Ir+vallation Procedures Chapter • Figure 23-Joining Instructions for NEMA Type 3R and 4 Sections (2)wireway extensions required for 15 in.(301 mm)deep. (2)wiraway extensions required for 20:n.(508 mm)deep. Cabinet Spacer (110.25 in.(6 mm)-20 x 0.70 in.(17.78 mm)taptite per wireway extension. (2)0.25 in,(6 mm)x 0.50 in.(12.7 mm)Taptites Remove left-hard Mphood angle and remount MCC MCC MCC after the adjacent driphoad has been drilled out Remove right-hand driphooc angleand M 0.25 is(6 mm)x 0.50 in.(12.7 mm)Taptitr discard.Drill out(5)0.172 in.(4.36 , Gasket mm)diameter holes to C25 in(6 mm) diameter in driphood. I til Gasket 0 Remove the right-hand and left- hand side plates before joining Gasket sections.The gasket is across the top of the driphood and down the Cabinet Spacer badplate on one of the adjoining sections. (2)0.25 in(6 mm): Cabinet Spacer wreway Extensions 0.50 in.{12.7 mm) (2)0.25 in.(6 mm)x 0.50 in. (2)or(4)0.25 in.(6 mm)x 0.50 in Taptites (12.7 mm)Taptites (12.7 mm)Taptites • • Rockwell AI'Omation Publication 21 00-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 39 • Chapter2 Installation Procedures Bus Torque Specifications Tighten all bus splice connections with a torque wrench and socket at intervals established by your maintenance policy.See -hC a to er y for suggested maintenance.If torque wrench is not available,tighten until the conical spring washer is flat. Torque values can be found on the information label on the interior of the vertical wireway door or on the interior right-hand side plate of frame mounted units. • 40 Rackwe Automation Publicaticr 2100-IN012E EN-P--ebruary 2012 Cho r P� Installing Conduit and Cable Installing Conduit wad c.ma.`ce sux it is instaI'v accer —7 6ta?k=:rods amr.r .:r.:c3 ois t x canrat curer or==r.-:late in_the MCC enelvsm�e Co-wtzi¢ ust ke itsstaE<cQ so d*arc ccw4n.6_c V--� of:.'= `rCC.n:condttrt slxocild be qlz-xd awl*nor,the'ar mntsi gm z;.bus to avo:ci..?atrage.Vi=con M=6 that the ena .�t�c2o ed urrt!~�' ize C4 i bcrcingard rrainadn rciat vc vertical a'gnme4_to i:oom!n w:-jscct:o:s Bottom Entry Commit IDoW this pir minve If your coadcie fs esaeeriag FMM the 120q:om. I. Prrpare.thr installation sim so.thr foundation is levrL 2. Beforc the MCC is iratal 4 place and stub up cm-Auit gpprauriatc:v 2 in. (5I mm)above floor lever,maf dug v.=all incoming conduit:s c ear of -e • hcrzgaaalground bus. For app mmdamate section base dimensions and gmrmd bus locuions,rcFcr to Installation Procedurm Chip=I or elevation and Boor plan drawings z'ippedw taIvfCC. For appmxnn r bottom cnay loc&uons and wiring sdicmcs for main fudbie diaconnaas,agin cn=k brralrets,and incoming line camnp*uaanm refir to Mains and Incoming Lines Diatemion Rcfcrcnce, publiradon,21MTDUIg Top Entry Conduit Afl'E14T1Q&For A.TSWo:J ua;ts Wd 1a its are ja1.rt rat,J— :xdr: ',c9ble,errd vArieg rrest be sta!i ;r.s,a s way Sc tv:_}deas rat s-tsrfera wc:.rt fie OM-1:nG o`the to p�J`x vwtix caEs c.co ndj,in Lie 9cp-rear of;mrEnet,eatia trs rat fa a nhirzurr cf;Z k 1.13^'."' above N 1xp-plate). i�llo F tus pracocureffyour coalut is cn mr:ag-Sv:7 Lie cop. • F.od el Ac-w-,zton Publim fim 11 A 91 ZE-W-Fdrwy 2012 4t • Oaprar 3 InsWlirg Cwbst end Cetus 1. After the MCC is Ln pLaee.Ievc cd,arid die secdow are Wined and spliced, bring coaduit jam the w;eCthe irxomtng section. For approxima=vop entry[onions:yid wing sdicmes for main fusible diuonne-cs,mass Ciro k breakers azd iiicomingliae com��euts,f a to Mains aad Incom-rg Lines Dimension Rckrzncc, Pai�fecato'- ` - 2. Rcmm-c die lifring a4 z ana cap p�m 3. Modify dw top plate far reaese:Y7 ccr:da=r entries. .,is method h8;,s gujz,c a?gunst n -ca cuts fAI4 into 6c MCC,Deb eh c=mzsc scriow JAMW ro tEc campa:years 4. Ltgp ace the rop pare and Uii ng:.agye 60:cs ns guud against dust or dirt frcm earning the tap L-e:zcawl ici�ay. 5• Make sure drat a[mcom:ng ca:duit is cheat of tae Horizontal ground bus. Far app vriaiate locaaon of the horizontal gratmd brxs mounted in the top horaor=g witzwzy,refer to Mauu and Incoming Lines Dimension Rd.c=ce,pLb;ic=m 8 For space avu:abilitp for awomirsg sbks,refer to the elevation drawings shipped V,fdi LUCMiiled-Vcc;&. • [astallinQ Cable Install the cable when t1w trmqP=arirc is abc^c frcczbs0*C(32 T),unLm the cable is suitab,c for Lw=nation at (claw frxzing,This will Delp prevent cable insulation Y oily aukingar vlUdn& MCCs arc rated for use with 75 C(167'F)able-Cable maw be sized by using a 75"C(167-F)column in NEC Tslirao 3IG-16 NL EC 2C:?5 Ed€dou).Tlae cemperaa=Meng of the EUP i nc t,relc aru. ATiEtllTFQR.-Pru-a ccv.--d a;:Lie cd E;ad cures to eval.d s bcttzd LW Follow this procea-uc to insrail the lugs. a. Va*the campurld t7 of wire fizz,type,and srra.7diag versus tfue mower li;s furnYshcd Use correct hugs in ail applLadmi 2. Crimp compression lugs with mralEctar r recommended tools 3. Use the MCC ciccuical schemata to w-nf<y field wiiting connection • point`,. Ra vrefl AuWnw iw PuNicatm 2?CZ—AG2f-Da-FeWwY 2G12 Installing Conduit and Cable Chapter • Incoming line Compartment Top or bottom entry to the incoming line-section bus is straight through to the connection terminals.The vertical bus provides pads for the incoming lugs.The lug selection should be based on the size,number,and type of conductor. • Use of mechanical screw-type lugs is acceptable only when the incoming lines'available short-circuit current is 42,000 A rips symmetrical or less. • Use of crimp or compression type lugs is acceptable when the incoming lines'available short-circuit current does not exceed 100,000 A rms symmetrical. Main Disconnect Top entry is straight through to the line side of the main fusible disconnect or main circuit breaker.For bottom entry,the connection scheme varies depending on the rating of the main device.In some cases,the bottom entry connects to the top or line side of the main fusible disconnect or main circuit breaker.In other cases the connection is reverse-fed,the bottom entry cables connect to the bottom of the main fusible disconnect or main circuit breaker.For further information refer to Mains and Incoming Lines Dimension Reference, publication 2100-TDO18 • Mechanical screw-type lugs are supplied as standard with all main fusible disconnects or main circuit breakers.Crimp or compression lugs are optional. Cable Bracing The CENTERLINE MCC bus work system has been tested and is qualified to withstand maximum short-circuit forces exceeding the short-circuit withstand ratings for the MCC.Incoming line cables and outgoing feeder cables also need to be supported to withstand the same short-circuit forces.Follow NEC and local codes when bracing incoming and outgoing cables.There are many sizes and types of cables,as well as different means by which the cables can be supported, Acceptablemethods are shown on the following pages. • Rockwe:i Autcmation Publication 2100-INO12E EN-P-Feb%ary 2C12 43 • Chapter 3 Installing Conduit and Cable Securing Cables with Glass Tape In this example,glass fiber-reinforced tape or glass filament tape is used.The taping should be continuous from the point the cables enter the w1CC to the point the cables are terminated.It is important that cables are wrapped several times for additional strength.Cable slack should be drawn up during wrapping so that individual cables are supported by the tape as a single mass. Figure 24-Securing Cables with Glass Tape Ji Y i Securing Cables with Nylon Rope In this example,cables are lashed in a`Rgure W-type configuration by using nylon rope.The rope lashing should be continuous from the point the cables enter the 1ICC to the point the cables are terminated.Other types of rope lashing may be acceptable.Cable slack should be drawn up during wrapping so that individual cables are supported by the rope as a single mass. Figure 25-Securing Cables with Nylon Rope :4 z' a rR� �i. Y✓ • 44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2lCO-INO',2E-EN-r-February 2Dl2 Installing Conduit and Cable Chapter • Securing Cables with Hardwood In this example,a hardwood brace(maple hardwood)made for the specific application is used.Holes are bored approximately the size of the cable diameter. Several bolt holes are also bored the breadth of the hardwood brace.The brace is cut in two pieces and is used as a clamp to secure the cables.Through bolts are inserted into the brace and tightened so that cables are held tightly in place. Figure 26-Securing Cables with Hardwood A second form of hardwood brace(not shown)is a yolk type in which the cables • are passed through.Holes should be small enough to provide a snug fit for the cables.The connectors or lugs are attached to the cables and cables are bolted to the terminals. When using the hardwood bracing method and the short circuit current is less than 42,000 A,cables should be braced every 12 in. '305 mm).When the short circuit current is 42,000 A or greater,cables should be braced every 6 in. (153 mm). Incoming Line Brace Allen-Bradley manufactures an incoming line brace similar to the hardwood clamping-type brace.To order an incoming line brace,contact your local Allen- Bradley sales office and reference assembly number 40113-848. IMPORTANT Lugs should be installed so they are in line with each other and proper spacing is used between phases.Hardware must be torqued per the torque tables found on tie enclosure door. • Rockwell Au'omation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 45 • ChWer3 Installing Conduit and Cable Notes: 46 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 cbpw 4 • Installing and Removing Plug-in Units ATTENTION:trtfier 3sta. rb c mmi N MCC units,whM passible,de- evergsze,'ockmt,and tag-ad oil soir-ces of puwertc to MCC K the MCC unit,:will be mlallsd or rewowd witt•paw oWwd to the main peer bus,follow estabMahert electrical safetywork Md'rces.defer to the NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety w ft'&tkplaca pul wanner. ATTEKTICX Reviow fw,company sa`e'-y!oWut arts.W.-out De-sunize all units before heW,kg or rerraim, ATTENTIOW Afl covers area doers mist ben place f ee• re aging power to the MCC.if tmhs a.e rewpr_',they qwE?be;,aplamd with the d- Am,s such as units,dom,and umi support pares. A ATTENTION:t'tTr mstaftV kits in C-NTETi;I21001otor Contml . C -`.c;s w.µ `•a AmShi�rating,you mr;zz:rsr swe you are Wulbnp a ,tnet has a saTs a-c rasistance ratr.�as fe,%IEC in which it is 4N _r. '-�instaW The arc:es'starce racy g ter.to found onthe ArcShield -n trhe vertical weeny door. ur�ts that ere rro±rated for 1111 ms an:i'matien mw teat to -rsta!�ad toa see-or,that is rrze for 100 ma arc duration.T iv sic resistant ra kg wig not e �;y P het is Nrla. Installing Plug-in Units ForawtunaUatimItoCFNTFAt NE2100Mow:Con=.Cearm (MCC)units with V rdcd operoft Handles hwatadan lnsrtuctiom pubjicadOn 21 )-I{}� NOt4,and CEN'17ERLINE 2100 Motor Cowan]Ccntcr (MCC)Units with Homontal Qpaa ,g Hand6 installation lnsauctions, t odMsli At�msdor,Pot Ban c -:KtitZE Q\-P-F6�rtmrY 2012 4: • • Ompbr4 !nsWft aW Ff-murm-R'J9HP Unit$ Remm$Secure,.onnat Foltaw these steps to remove a SecurtCorraece unit Eom a scene. Uort from a Section 1. MAc a=the disconnect han&is in the OFF/O pcs-aoa. 2. Slxk dw shaft port Cava Open. 3. Insert the 1/4 in.hcz Loaf inns the sly port. 4. Rot=the wmwh ca-sn=-clockwisc va ra-ma tfrc paws nabL 'LTx indic=m r,=to&c disconnect isandk&aagcs Timm red.to green. Lnf-ri;r Sitiefts7t r S. RL am du pawtr stabs loch rtr kvtz you can adz a bode w the tcva to preveat ncc:.-vtr Eton being pusu-d i, arml the pacer st7bs hemg cxmnacd. Sutra Fort to Lodw law G. Rcmove die raver from the stuns part fs Rewmi ALtm as Pultlicatian 21924W 2E-Hdq-Febuary 2012 Instbliing and Removing FkM4n Units Chapter 4 • 7. Connect a multi-meter to the status port to verify that there is a closed connection. POWERSTAn '^ LOCKOW MCI I�asar•.�gKb.cfNr- %+ice r.+slrrt��saa ph i• P7er�O/R P?��� xno.•s+a+.o l- �+�-/E'/moo' a alto. i Sims Pon Stab lockout a. vcr*fy chat the nabs are retracted by checking the contin city in pins 1 and 2. When the stabs a`e rcoacted,di,cy compictc tltc circuit vcrify�that all tl:tee scabs:.avc mrrac:ted contpictely. b. V,:riry ti:at Jhc sib housing shutters arc closed by checking continuity . in pini 3 Lid 4 of die r.atus port. A li-ut rwitch provides feedback to indicaw the stab homing shutters are closed. S. Continue following the steps with Remove a Plug-in Unit with a Yettg:i- on l Rockwell Automation Fublication 21004NO12E-EN-P-February 2012 49 Remove a Plug-in Unit With a Vertical Operating Handle from a Section --' . M,�. dx ducoftn=hMdIC is in d�c OFF/3 PC*-dv--. 2. por n,,arc resisranc units,n-n dw door LvAcs 1/4 turn;fcr czars ihn am oq rp*aiia arc-cesiscant door 6c$cs,p-,tsit fax�and rcrzte • I/4 rum R �y Arc C.QirXXjTUET'LfftCht • � i ,�Ati`..J�Ii3b4 11 N6iicahm►21GII4W.K-EN-P-Fehrusry 2012 �m5 inn and Rww-,a Fag in Unrts Chaptsr 4 • 3. O xn:;:c door ca.^tpl:.ulp 741 VIM l� i t r �:- 4. Rmmccc to WZ::&ar,if ncccwy. TIP -1 --t-,etsfcE:7 7 TM--We'1?V lkgrl-5.7Z.E S 171`tl rl a sa-''a-. -e rr,f 3M st:r?-►a;:r,I la necassz evar Mim • s. Rraxc::�ed�or•.zcaxs�deviascad�.3t�,:fa�-cep-p :he tYn a pins by siidir4 upw--: wi:ec a c"",:ea:.:scr wcr v= For UniuWaft Fclicw This Stip 7i-.s."de te a lire4a pin cA Q`t e hilge f-)d:'•r-:fit `fie t-t r. to ect.zi sto*x a r.j. kzSP.!s:c 6,1;s�t--- Two hinges are n:40rad for earl b inga leaf. SG��s s:c 3r-s:ar refig on ea:a ioar mcat be re:ny�ed f-ir*the s',ractxe to rant ve the upe:,ze,f,va iir, i Roane N; ya fl`,nugh.*iawac hinge, i.en tinq, ~3n,ja Amvp trA14M:M C.-:ts with CC rns Are 2---er l.ex,g -r;s'.h6 esabved to icstwa NOW tin H irve hogs bit Rotwell Autonwticn Ntlicetien 21 G&14C1 ZE-W-Febwry 2017 �! • t�aptor t Installms sttd R2:naring Pits�rr ltnea nc control station can be hung on the front of'the UCIEC frf using square Eames adjacent to tlrc tarp UME laic} e. Sw�ag;..e door to near dosed position. d. Lift die doo:cum-isi m=ccvc. Poor S. Disaz c tlx c�p�,r mhu u t!x front oEthe Bssct,one az t3�e ro�a one at tfac bottom of the unit. Uaim that are 2-0 nam facto:.-rd iargcr have mo Lattices at the top.Ali units with the Ili ms arc-resis=,t raring have two 6xw'cs a<the oop. T ant fii 6. Derach rite portion of the puU-apart inal blocks 6mm din unit rose and p1we the wires and terminal bLexics m iiae wi►Sa rLc wiring dewx;ance t=cL • 52 Pudicatim 21GIbdNCe t 2E-EN-P-FeWuery 2012 kuk:iir.era}Rmnuvir�'FU34n Unds Chador, • 7. :temcvc cdic czEct or L—Acrs tzar would prevent dw ur.i.from xiag wir':d:jwl. TIP :'.s ne;?ecessav to-).'ace w'res a.x'tarr.'iar t'xks ir'.c the ve:jca:vv aNay t T Ivi6 a %G 01 lv.t W0:Aft 0 wffing ckarar=:ws-aL r s . � M _':c_:i: t`� asp_-osi^�..xly3 in- .5 un;rn:_oft%: I_CC,":hc handle provicci at the Im cr kft of eac u.`ait and Eric tab in tsc::p cr VM of tfx tau:as r, et:tc:is. Ycu map 7.neeu to rcpasiLO yazr is ms as necesmy te prcgw* iq)pom w::i!c pai S.rc mm Sving e-W 14t Ira=t!=-MCC. ATTENTION.Perin MSC umts may be hmq or aKkwsrd tD haidk Um ar•asaimd at a p Is*ri;P1.�wA.-$;f-azsmry to &.A.a Mgr y&hrUie to t."Rr`a. • .%d; ltkaamaticnPublicaQm.21vC-NGI?E-EN-P-Febrwry201i b3 • 4 lruwh%te!d Remavin4 Pkwr Lhts Far,he CENTER11NE 2100 MCC units wfth art:-tui=m door L-Whes, pax may"vd to tilt the top of dre M-1 sr-rly b t6c rcar cc zwaid iac=&,=cc vt idL&-mp act latch bridrec hcfure rffia7iug die unit If yea c�a am1,,,ctto,o ccle tit=you wdl a� rch to foosm the la 6:acicct s�`tnv(Vpmtmad7 t%Vo arms)to rmc"c cbc unit. j " 11 / Latdt 3.z:.kat .r' TIP For dL-WL r Mted,ibis-feede'sssan.-r3[ wN reed to tw we tfre tcttalq arc;otd,bf-&—kA.You M"L;z th.s • by lest re:cev nq tip urn belaw the du'*s=.xxt url. 9. Rcmom tie W t £ram the Xcc- 10. Careful y install prutcmve crps or close mar_1n1 somas ac=the unit is mniasod. Ae:ecsrm=shutters w&clone as units arc rcmOvc - ATTIWIGM A"cars and darts must be;l place bdm ALaPi to the, C.if w s ase mmaved,*ay mast be Tjftzed wAh t.'ts app-qro%hems sty►as WAS.darts.aid un' s4�,a:t ems. A',8 frts�:h,.Mts for CE RIK'2 t4£[*tx Castro!Ce:dez w: t t&A-cSh:ek r8`irgy,lm must make sure ya.:am 119t83ir g a tart tic,has#�*same=mrstance mbq as itte k=in wh:z�l it is bwV psta;led The a,rezistarm ratrrg car,he%und or,t Arr.S'?!eld label art L`te wAtcal wuuway door. Lk-:t that are RN raoad far f eo ms arc dvutw must not be installed a 3rct -t tat is rated ftr. I OC,ms arc duratim Re ere resistant ratng will:rat a*y if that is dame. • Sq sYfi A=mticn Pui&arirrt 2SC24AtGt2E-l3{4P-February 2012 CbWW4 • Remove a Plug-in Unit with a Horizontal Operating Handle from a Section AM7 • 3. 0Pc-.;+.C&wccmP—'— iv. 4. lk=a-c tk xrt%dos-.Lfrec=izzy. TIP sertm- -Cw-%zr,f?se e3n mir.&I h recesuy ever w4i !iA d=.;s 7Z,7-0%3L. a. Rcmcvc 6c coo?-ww=='&,rca;Md w5rri4 If==nuy. • PhkwWI Automation FuWkWon 21OZ-4012E-W-Fa;,mry'312 55 Cbspw 4 IrwtaifiM snd Remonq Mug4ir Urits 6. Remove ehe Uigc pins by diduuig upwafd with a$atticad screwdnvec Far Unift With Follow Tkv A mitci s2ga- Fi--sf sk!le�-.rpe girt art of lw hinge and though tsh en tje ca,itrd st.tw kt:nag. ArcVe[d omits Wit- 760 Kann are rOquired fcr eadt hire teaf. 1 G3 ms art;d;adcn raii^g 1 The LWa h,!W cn each deny must he removed fton the s:rJC--2 to;Nrsve tte upp&moat Knge p:rt 2- Bm"MT tta3 I:rge virr liwcugh ds imver`ange,then fkraul,i the h,age 4eaf vl tamer l;:P,,ige. Grey Himp k,AmSNa:d Jn.:ts rwt.M ms Arc lA od=Raft t:tust G�,etrxitEc u inrail hi,v n r; Hinge li�wPin [ZO`1r "Ile cwueal aration can be hang on 6c front of*c m>it:by mft� hoIcs 3aFC=w the cop unit i=h_ Swv-igc(w&crtc nczr dosedpofiition- d LE dlw door aumud to=,"c ."Flftli yy i • 55 pzck ij Autflm dep Putlicatimr 2iGR4NG 2[-B2-P-Fetnmy 2612 Instail;ng and Removing Plug-in Units Chapter 4 • r t � , 1 Yry ? a 5. Detach the wiring/terminal block from the unit. 6. Place the wiring/terminal block in the vertical wireway to the right of unit. a 4�q • 7. Push the latch mechanism to the left with your right hand. S. Pull the unit forward(outward)approximately 3 in.(7.62 cm)out of the MCC. You may need to reposition your hands as necessary to properly support the unit while you are removing the unit from the MCC. • Rockwe'I Au4omatlan Publication 2100-INC12E-EN-P-Febraary 2012 57 • *f Irx�lx�coot Rrs Ptu�-Qr units Fa,the CEI,.z-1'ERLrNE 2100-MCC unus with swmg-out door i=hm you wiff need to roue dtie Etch 6-acEet 500 dockwuc to avoid mzafarzcc with d6c unit. a _ .1 SW"�rrt RTTB�iT[0�1:i?rrg-�M".,C tetitsma`r,t;e F�a�y o'awktvarr;to ale_;lam an assist .Or a p att'ur:m€ift dsvim if cezessary to h*r",We-'eft ulrt • 9. Rcmam che imit t om Elie MCC. 10. Ci-xcfijflt i=ta:I `c caps ar dose the mantel shone'after unit is tcutovmL ATTBMUN:V cavws sv e-xn mrE3t be ct dace b ap?IW,q PGwec W ifw,L 3C.K mis are removed,they must be w ti Lf�a zT-uXam rtarns swi-.as:r'.tL,dears,and j-,t supra:,'gars. A n=mamc shur=s wiE do=as units are temDvcd. 11. Sec the nut section for additives►info>nation, ATTMOM AR wms eH dam nxt be in piece before <� appl .g?ewer to ties V—'C.if unts are removed.they must be wt t.3 flo¢.vpr'.aM r�rm suit.as units,dears,i� r t supW.pans. ��' iv wmta.;.T units fa:CEY7iUhE 21OD Motor CciW Cantors W,th*,k A"�' N:9E ram[4.im nwst r---kid wm ym are insta�ir4 9 ;trot brat has::1e saner arc resrstmm ratirgg as the A"X in which rt Is WN, irWled 71e am resmtwxe ratittg can be fwd art ft AreSksld Labe;cr:C*v%bW wimway do x Uritr thEt zre rot rated fur IL 00 ms arc must not he msdled i-,T a sE o:i t;.a`ts f x 100 ms arc duratia: The arc resistant ratig wilt:tat apply 4 eat is dme. • 5g Rockwell AuuT fm Pt&ticabm 21Cit-WI2E-Ekfi-Fetauary 2012 kztz lirr,ww.1 Peaty g x'r3-in Units CMpw 4 • Remove the Support Pan 1. For Ardh::cla sections with J CC ws Arc Gllrar an rasing,=-nove the vcrdca. wirrwzj baffle and set aside for inst2llcsiaa:2= r , 2. Pry the p:a�ic rtrait<�5 cI from :,c raat•:un i:k:c sr:p�arc Lsi.^_g a scrcwa.::vrs t:s:s v:MYc in dic vcrtica:wirrw2y. 1 For CEN rERL.N E MECC ur_a with a-c resist ru:a:ls s c rn it s,:.p,^^.�-t aaz's se�rec;a r~:rrig#s:-h:rc u-:t rr=par..ry C�es�-rew e.rr cecti�,s a:e arc luclz::rr:Jcrc In a:.:.cr m.�rtCVe:�C�5.7:'su^7C-C;a�,wa muse remove the a.cc:at:ii brackm 71 S a-:wee' • Foc moll Avw=Vc a ftMk adw 210MN012EkW-February 2012 St • t�upist t ir►stallirri aid Rerwnp Pkji;-m UI ita For CE.NTERLWE MCC unizs wtzh the 100 ms arc dur=on rating, d=e is an addircaal sam that secv---m t6c unit supoor-,pan.nw X=w is zr the lcF-tt:a:comer of c�ae emir scpp=pas Unit Support Pan sawn r 3. Lift the r*E c si&of d.suppoz p4n ipprosimardy 4 im(102 mm) 0 kir { t 4. Pint the right side of dt--sgper:pia forwz-d to rdczw f-o_a the kft rear slot onn tilt stItIcmm 5. Push back oa dic Left side of tht support pan=ti!the support pan is fim fix�m the stnwrum Vc rdcal secrba u may be sup wi&*g-in stab oPcninB p caps,tmnm shtxtot:rs,or automaaric shu=m.Refer cc the nest st cp if 2ny of tltme options ame supplied. 6. Cuefufle firma d=promcdve czp*or close the mrrmW dwmm after the unit is removed. Automatic d nt=wits dose as the units zre mmovcci. ATffXMR:Alf carers ad duo:s-nust he in place hdore i appW.g pawer to tie VZC 9 cants are rwn+ ,they must he reo-sced w;M t to apV-W,*ate films such as w ts,dcurs.and c--!t suppol pans. • pO&vreii Asr:ar wrw Publication 21C0-W12E-Eno-Fetxuay 2012 Chapter 5 • Arc Flash Protection Marking as Required by the National Electrical Code Flash Protection Marking The flash protection marking requirement was initially established in 2000 by Requirement The National Fire Protection Association(NFPA 70E),Standard for Electrical Q Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces.NFPA 70E applies to workers who install,maintain,or repair electrical systems. In 2002,NFPA 70,The National Electrical Code(NEC)added the Article 110.16,and reinforced the flash protection marking of equipment.The 2002 version of the article is stated below. 110.16 Flash Protection Switchboards,panelboards,industrial control panels,and MCCs that are • in other than dwelling occupancies and are likely to require examination, adjustment,servicing,or maintenance while energized shall be field marked to warn qualified persons of potential electric arc flash hazards. The marking shall be located so as to be clearly visible to qualified persons before examination,adjustment,servicing,or maintenance of the equipment. FPN No. 1:NFPA 70E-2000,Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces,provides assistance in determining severity of potential exposure,planning safe work practices,and selecting personal protective equipment. FPN No.2:ANSI Z535.4-1998,Product Safety Signs and Labels,provides guidelines for the design of safety signs and labels for application to products. As Arc Flash Technology emerges,new developments have caused changes to arc flash criteria.For example,in 2004,the NFPA 70E was reissued in a completely new format along with changes reflecting new developments.The NEC is revised every three years and the NFPA 70E is revised every four years.The latest editions of the NEC and NFPA 70E should be used in establishing potential electric arc flash hazards and arc flash marking. • Flodcmll Automation Publication 2100-IN01 ZE-EN-P-February 2012 61 iChapter 5 Arc Flash Protection(Narking as Required by the National Electrical Code Arc Flash Marking The flash protection marking per NEC Article 110.16 is a field marking Clarification requirement and is to be applied by the MCC end-user for each specific application.The marking is similar to other NEC marking requirements,for example,voltage,voltage hazard labels,and circuits.However,flash protection markings must be based on application information and calculations from the installation site.The intent of the marking is to identify the presence of a potential flash hazard and to provide assistance in determining necessary protective clothing and personal protective equipment(PPE)that should be worn by qualified electrical persons when servicing electrical equipment.You must establish field marking requirements based upon: • the level of the on-site personnel safety training. • the level of required clothing and required PPE. • consistency for the level of marking of various equipment,for example, switchboards,panelboards,industrial control panels,and MCCs. • the available flash energy on each piece ofequipment.This energy is determined from available fault current,arc flash duration due to the type and degree of short circuit protection equipment. Rockwell Automation Rockwell Automation understands the importance of you fulfilling the field arc- Services flash hazard marking requirements as defined by Article 116.10 in the NEC. Rockwell Automation may assist you in determining the necessary arc flash marking as required by NFPA 70E. Rockwell Automation offers services that can provide assistance in the following areas: • Arc-flash hazard analysis • Providing input on the specific Bulletin 2100 MCC design being used • The zone determination for the NFPA 70E Hazard/Risk levels • Your required NEC field marking For information regarding arc-flash hazard analysis,contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or distributor. 62 Rockwell Automation Publication 21004N012E-EN-P-February 2012 awo-4 • Operator Handle and Unit Interlock 'r,,te o c.^.:o;"uacc is az ir_x&ai pa---of=&MCC;roc.Ar..Lmr..:-t-if d ian&is:=xSura` ?e cr<=:ozI n'; is fnx -Ocktjvidi cacti u isdmras az:!ned.:)y'Md45. Defeating the Unit Door 16:r w the;af:ow::g orz>ro^ :celrscins he u.s caar Interlock Open the Doer When the Operating Handle Is in the ONfi Position lilt NTIO M:LY sr wc-V-r nr v veer ers-,hd im-•:_zl epiprfft, f�f'a-x astalr s:�e:ac rite'se�y--y!aiErYrlk p a:'::�s.�� :�Aft 7[�S r•ds-d to-,Pestrm•Se:y in ta1 Yl*ee. • W'fies the u-.it door is c:oscd s.- tx or-mwr aa�.to-%the©Nr'I pcwdwu a defeat-5:11M=LIS 3e&,kcr:oe:40P=Ted to open E-&wn,3tebzr�fua esCsapk' oz=ing the dxtcf ar erer&! ed cra). Tit dci=-wx-.w is jtst briar;oa I==wash a vc::: --n+oz2 op:rarrr tin',e a_ =a w the*t,onw*5 wn it II oez L---A&m==d.cPcr=r ,bsttd r.j ors..:piro:poiura;t::e orm=r hind;r-To orr=m the d6 mcd- ,.ikm a.ml dekat thw door fnmem&w'f�':c the•oxt-.-.o..==&is is&.c OM ponecm,uses;:tat.head s=wdtiver to turn cnc dcfracer s=w doz1wfic orc-eigh-so ATTENTION:Opening t is tout reclt:ces arc eth safety, Lr..� ATT5170W:W, 9r,Km&4.N zr ar:garerargaed akt—:ca(9T,;*:p-,iv, fol:cw estai;iwd eWc:yiw:safe alatee wo-A W'.;.ss.We. -tCNF.FA 7C'z Stwes-d fer Eleaim'Safety h 1le ftri?bM Pcwrza pmuctie-a agd;nat. (PPEJ is mit s`vwn ks'day y • lea{A!,mnwftn Phan 21 G>r'N012f-SW-FebnmrV 2012 13 Chapter B Operator Hardle and Uri;Interlock Figure 27-Operating Handle Defeater for Vertical Operator Handle 41 . a • Figure 28-Operating Handle Defeater for Horizontal Operator Handle ��:r•rrt rKr�. • wms�asas 4JFt:N•l� U0 MP FKOER r CIRCIAT SREAWR OM M 1/2/2J{CE FACTOR M � - __ _ ;•.•y. . Defeating the Unit Interlock Refer to the following information for defeating the unit interlock lever. Lever 64 Rockwell Aitomation Rublication 21 COAN012E-EN-P-February 2012 Op"ori E-Cear-!LI*W.hftW IDS • Energize a Unit with the UM Door Open j t ATfEM'N.Wrer it a-wr a-nixed e��'Sqe7nen,, fdhv aeW,tl ed a wac�re!se :� a'e,�Y rk F��`�zs.Be'e-t.a'NFFA ?�� clRriCB'SafiBq ,n+Ee 7�or4 .e. r,-t mxT-t.ds-A . Whc^dln t:-:it--&ar is ezc7.2:,1 the rp=wr 112:1 Lc`s in Ic 0 Y' . , TNC kvtr on 6c vcrdm hanc,'rs or pam icd to ajw:th io:,ioriwnti..sa^tc.m to more 6-c operator:es, w t"c OS-I PCOIZ!0n,3::,j e7 cre'I,e&:.=1"r to 29-Gv{va er Lmr for Varl'aal Bpereiar Handle Y y y AZTE MON:Man watts V orrar ue are,-j zed aWvwl vo*, nent failow estebM ed eleckimi sda`Y-mlate.wc-k pct eas.f#erer to NFPA ME Su d fer Ele trka;Sam=in tr,e tl�rapisre. Persona;prW%cfw equprivuTT is:sat s'r mm fardarity. • Rodnrefl Atramader:NbGcuder.21 Cam.-..N012E-MP'-Felvuery 2017 65 Ckwt:r 6 opw4x HWA S WA unit�w Cd Figwe 30-9cj5r=rr Lever fue Hwbo dd Opsafing Haadfe t, t U c k U f g Pm s D if S w d-e CVlming sections for Iocktag prneuions. Co-A Vw ical 1p opting HaOes in the OFFIO Position Kn EAt=lt-'iN m wvkk r n or n3a—: ele-z'-'cai i L `cin&estaLr W elerlma'wfe t-m! 'd ties F;a:tim.RA-tc ti-rPA l 70E Sta:.3an far Ele=ca'Safety"M tfta W61CP ;. To.�tfx stoat{.m��ium,aruf Large oprru+a r fs:.ctdic is t;�e CFF!O�posido:L,p�t t`te sf-ackk of dic.Ia-L dmugh the opening is die opsaroe f 32dtC assembfy The opening can 2cmmmod=up to that=hocks. Figure 31-Lacking Vertical Hood n is dFFM PesWaa ,j. d S+ a tea 1Wur vKhCal lj4w.dl6 Brae t�e • 66 Ra[icrreit Rutametim Puts kz ion 21"1 ZE-M-P-Fa&uary 2612 Operator I-eV?e aH`.(nit hrtedo* Cbso r i Lock HorinmW Operating Handles in the OFF/0 Position 5orr.z a l;rs se s no-zo�rsl cperaengiusrric.']"!xe!>r-r uyl oi�crltin1 dtc car.I c'oc.`sd in r1u OAF/O posi c:7 irr p_r.3:,A c`:c Eh2Xz cf t'c!ock Lh;me. ru cpa:a:orcd:,:=ca c.i=,crt of ti)e oper=r 1ian4;c FiQlrra 32-lnc kt g a Haraarlai.y Kouatad Oparaii--g Handle in OFf O Foti irm Nna►s�i��r��an wi�iawic- • Lack Units wig Op mi6ng HaWles in tke OM1t Posi�an }^� ATU!t'nC?4: _ccrira a^.cae a g-amle 1,+3 CN/ ;)c-s`:r-a1:e ir. .x"'ivt' '.ccz'cck3 arl en-rnenzv shV..Imr-tr;:ira-sus. Eaw cis p .:co iock tax ci==r 5::d in Esc ONA posi:!cn. 2. Ir_se:r!�-e sh=k1ecf d,,c lock. ','":se''el;owi:gi.^.r"�-sscr.o�asa,:�c cnr r c=.-.c ivz�,�:e�s n ru Off/:pasiaar: • i',f un°ta viei un,1 'nzr& ,cru J)a.t:s t uu upperpOrCo7i acn'.e op=zor handle asseWh.V. r—cr ur.4rs w.Ai a-zZ'un z^d.!aW onc=cr har:d:es;d-c hole is ndamcach aic operator anrl3e on die lund:e asscrr'lfy. For urim vita a:Icz zoamLy mcunccd!sand:e,ti)e hoc is on Lie a;:::e a.iic aad:e aa-scra.�Ly. • Fxlabeli Autvmatfcn Pubficaticr,2.GC-.W12E-W-February 2012 67 • l 6 ORerm Hw2s and UrNt+rrtaeMd Figure n-Lacking Small iiawdle in ONA RQS!'f ON,Yerti+xf Qkemtiag Hwdis Figure 34-Uwking the Me6cm Haad'fe is M Fmitim • t • 68 p=kwe�t Auma6on Putiicaiion 21 O AMG ZF-EN-P-February 2612 4cerator Fade and OM krtedock Ckapter 6 • Figure 35-Loam large Handle in 011V]Position r Figure 36 Leckiag Horizontal Handle in aFfO Position' u • GL'l UtMit hiftiUckd A nit,.4=rlcck is j_-OVictj wi:.f:cc .i piug W t:aa:UnL-iamdccks p,-Cv=unks cm, m-novei f:ir.or i-seracd i iw a v=dcal sec1on w,%cn the operator h3n4le is ir.dic ON,'j.widen. • F-,:im E Au amtic!i Pc6Gc6cn 2'—v,:1012E-W-R&wry 7012 iB • C3a�br 6 Operator t9"a awA Wt InUtedc Units can also be locked c-it wide a pad O&ptevefteng tnstallaaon of the e.ntt into a rerc-At sectm The torte feautrc at the tout tnredo&can be tam e, c z a p2 aa co keep the intcdn&is an eztendc d posz on,which wilt prcvrnt the unit from wing insrraed-,'ne an.MCC scctsan.The unit incmilocls c3-2 also be asci with dic uric insrJW in the section,bm parti&L�removed from the sc-do In dus posida.t,the unit is Nrd4 mmoved from dic MCC and the stoc in the rIIccrlodt plate is in 6w with.the flange of the unit support pan above this taut. When the unit is locked b,this pasi¢ion,the unit power and groand safs act dk-aggeJ.Tlas posi;ian can be used to prevent insertion of a;mit in:o die MCC. �tg - is �vse,resc tas�tioa-dttrticst R&-wer e s! i - QTrMaN:Whel%ci:T9 on or clear=,-gtzed BIff,zVzoS B**xnt ICN 6S1dh4h@d B BCZT� -tBlBd Wl)tt 2Ktts3s lhefeYtCCtFA M,StYtttdW far EEB�. .Seery in tfi®yicfq i ca. W3 t@:C^.V�nd tht rra-*M 1 w(i�MnBI ca t<T.?{��i!<!SIS ba�P'.f anm-4 &VM lf-M In a Sant,%Wok M,WkI psslbta. y� F=kv vAl AL--w icn Puklicatiw 21M4NO12E-EN-P-Fe&LM 2412 Operator Handle and Unit Interlock Chapter • Figure 38-Unit Interlock to Prevent Insertion-Unit Completely Withdrawn In this position,the unit is partially removed from the MCC and the • intermediate slot in the interlock plate is in line with the bushing in the unit support pan.When the unit is locked in this position,the unit power and ground stabs are disengaged.This position can be used to prevent insertion of a unit into the MCC. Figure 39-Unit Interlock to Prevent Insertion-Horizontal Operating Handle 1 7 f Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012.E-EN-P-February 2012 71 • l:4eptar 6 0pera��€[e aid�interlock ATTENTIOM VO-ei tw--L-is�3r T rear awiusd ek-t-,cal sqt pTmt WMA XW�-VM-FAft to%I; ?0:-:Star;and far Effect iMl Se%, O.v:r,tL8 Wo&,ptace. prfmTnedmLira MZC hits-mperWW a&-ay f'.ur,tke Iv.:C in a aft"WC,*. am,v.4*0 pml'e, --qwu 49-Unit lmtcdock to PreveM hwition-daft COMPIEWY Wfd 3Wu 0 77� %&,wa Autamat Pubficaficr 21W4NCI.2E-90-Fa&um 2012 Chapter 7 • Final Checklist Before Energizing Introduction This section provides guidance for the startup of a newly installed MCC. We recommend making an itemized list including: • serial number. • number of sections. • number of units and their corresponding voltage. • current ratings. • horsepower ratings • types of circuits. • fuse sizes. • circuit breaker ratings and trip settings. • heater elements requirements. • arc resistant components. • • other important data. The itemized list could be modeled after the MCC layout drawings supplied with each MCC.This itemized list should be saved in a file along with other data for the MCC such as,component manuals,heater element instructions,MCC manuals,and wiring diagrams.Blank sample forms are provided at the end of this chapter. Pre-energizing Check The following procedures should be executed bya'quahfiedpersori asdcfinedby Procedure NEMA Standards Publication/No.ICS 2.3,Instructions for the Handling, Installation,Operation and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers,Section 1 as follows: 1.4 Qualified Person For the purpose of this guide,a qualified person is one who is familiar with the installation,construction and operation of the equipment and the hazards involved.In addition,he or she has the following qualifications: LU Is trained and authorized to energize,de-energize,clear,ground and tag circuits and equipment in accordance with established safety practices. 1.4.2 Is trained in the proper care and usage of protective equipment such as rubber gloves,hard hat,safety glasses or face shields,flash clothing,etc., in accordance with established safety practices. • Rockwei;Automation PuRcation 21004NOUE-EN-P-February 2012 73 • Ctwp�er 7 Fcb1 G�rlis!Earore Enar�zrt-� Perforce the Pre-energizing Check P=ed ure ATTEN'nC&-Ta em-ra t�a 3'afeq a`wwnnel{erfortning the pr e- enegates cfte1,made su£e the MCC reffOrre pv,,a:&aurees are II diswr_;ez ed acid Weed i_.dm OF/O pa ifiw. Ltwng a e,,rrmetm verKy that the MCC rerna perser swces are dis=ao=4. ATTfhiti M'Pa er mar=Tect en eVa&xrs(PrUA dwt d be �� mint cwuc;}.For applicator tns r -ns refer to Pmver Faetsr Cw-e tea Capacittxs f r EuPstic 2103 h'Xf.*Sta Wit!Wicaiian ':aclrWues.p&kabm; VrIw.FH)Cs are cumsj cf to tie nc ttr[`rate z.-a ite sta-t-%ire maC:rres the m4r-hve r='.-.s to fra cpged.n� ar turn*(rvtstix&rectu r:e: ariiy discaTw;ctF--Ws.Fc-r ale ir.`arrir :on_-one?_-t bckvisa Afr!--'�";�,=V f:,G Tech<'.r$l SLW%irt a .44'3 646.5WO and fokvi Sv prwptts to Alfsr.U-ad'.ey>Csrr Ntage Moor Cr*trul CE te-m%e a rr wl ATTE EON-.E'enty tat r z!d acceierabcq bm es are wi'.`iz specFec Examsive staff a amm arrd/cr acce'eraica tees may cause kwse e ci as2_eafre`s pa,:er foxm overhead relays.ara over ccmpmz7s to i-�tdcwm eqeipmerl Y. Remove 22 61ocks;at tmpozary`folding Means ascd fa_slupping as cns7oncra devices in the MCC. 2, tnspc t&c cnclesum and units for damage tf s=uc=rzl dwaage is present,co tact A4CC tccE:=l support at I_44U--46.5W3 and£a':iora the pramn no Alm-Bra&cp>Lawr Vodtsgc hfcxr_Caatm:Cotters>1'vst Sh pnnccc Scpport If no srucurral due+ is visible,the dectrica;spadngs should be intact.Refer to the talks scwting on VjWM for the regmmd minimum c:ecrri{al spixings.. I Check and verify that the MCC is properly tm=ncd,as described in �,and iuspert and.verify that t is level,supported,and anchored. 4. For MCCs with dit i.3u rns arc-resistant raring:Check dszt clearance height:is at feast 12 in.(30 mm;- 5. Check the moegrity of the bus spl ce connecdons. Recom,neaded torque values can be found on the mformation lrbd on tFx interior of the vertical wircway door or on the interior right-bared side plate of tame mourned utaim See joining and SplicmgVcrueal Sections, pablimz a3?3 CY .1�� 9lC,for spking information. 74 Rvckwmg&fxmaticn Ptlicatiar?210 4MI2E-9@-P-Fdyuary 2G!2 - Final Checklist Before Ene•gizing Chapter 7 • The factory-made power bus connections are tightened by a computer- controlled torquing system.The following connections do not require re- torquing: • vertical to horizontal bus connections. • power conductor to horizontal bus connections. These factory-made horizontal to vertical bus connections do not require servicing for the life of the MCC. 6. Check and verify that all ground connections arc made properly,based on local standards. If ground bus is not provided or has been removed,check that the MCC sections arc connected to provide a continuous ground path.Verify that 100 ms units arc connected to the vertical equipment load ground bus. 7. Check the field wiring. a. Check the field wiring for proper conductor sizing. MCC field conductors should be sized by using the National Electrical Code(NEC)75°C(167•F)wire tables. b. Removal of barrier or barriers may have been required for field wiring. Check that all barriers and parts that may have been removed during installation have been reinstalled. TIP We recommend that a barrier checklist is developed including • such items as,unit location,and barrier location.This checklist should be saved for future reference. c. Check that all incoming and outgoing power wiring is secure and braced to withstand the effects of a fault current as detailed in ha to - d. Check that conduit and cabling are well supported. For incoming line compartments,2.0 space factors,26 in.(660.4 mm) or less,the incoming cables should be firmly secured halfway between the top of the section and the incoming line compartment terminals.In a full section(6.0 space factor)incoming line compartments the cables should be braced every 12 in.(305 mm);if the system's available short circuit current is above 42,000 A but less than 65,000 A rms symmetrical.Above 65,000 A nms symmetrical available current bracing should occur every 6.5 in.(165 mm).This bracing is in accordance with the Underwriters Laboratories(UL)listing and is necessary to withstand forces resulting from high fault currents.For information on cable bracing methods,see Chapter-}of this publication. e. Check the integrity of all field connections. Recommended torque values not found on individual devices can be found on the unit wiring diagrams. f. Check field wired connections made to the MCC for agreement with wiring diagrams and verify that proper spacings between adjacent phases and/or phases to ground are being used.Refer to page k;for the minimum electrical spacing requirements. s Rockwell Automa-icn Publication 210C-I;v017.E-EN-P-Februa-y 2012 75 • MapW 7 R QJ Cheddar#SOM RUUO ifri B. Check that the volmgc and horsepower rating on the motor correspond wilt the MCC unit risings. 9. Check that the overload relays cr heater elements arc sefec 4 instated and(cr adjusted to rela_zve f&load ca.-nmt sliown an dic motor r3eng n=cplam FQ. For apV-czs is requiring per fuses,install the firsts in the fusible svri:c.=in acco_rdancc with dx NEC application requircnctim Refer to CEN-rERLLN- E Mato:Control Centers tower Fuses product Data,pubkw=on 21b0-113g 3 for fuse informision,Do not apply Bream cw CIO-OX-ID to fine fetrdm All f n;es Must be completely:r. crced'Z die fusc clips.Recw=cndcd oarque values for fuse clamp scrz can be fotctd or.the unit wiring bag wn-Vm*drat all fuses fit each application, it. For dreuit&-raker a_ icxdcns,verity that the circuit breakers ate in accordance with NEC e7?Uc2rior_rrgairemcno,and liave correct ampacky Rcf�--to MCC Insranrancous Trip Motor CL-cuir Frotmtors(MCP)is C mbination NaIA Sarin Seim Starer(SMC),and varr`nble Freyce ncy AC D v-+c U,iics Ted u zal Dina,publicad=2100- 1 and MCC Invuw Time Cir+arit Breakers in Cond inanon NEMA Sartre,Soft Barret(SUC),and Variable Frequency AC Drive Ur-its Technical Dana, • 21QLLM for chcu it breaker inrarmadaa in MCC units. I dl P 4 RTA 14T High efF.cwn y a-e.^rs nay Rave:qhw!arid ratEr afro it&i cL-,:mts,Cizczicra.( gL—r:crab^stir!YtF sty„s Oan these regared equivalent stated rrotws rr y be tequxed. 12. RrfiA to the desire iastzucdou sheCts or roan aaks supplied with the`iCC for spcd&-start-up gui lancc.Component&-vices m MCC units such as =nzsfitr switches,PFCCs,transducers,sc.or protectors,line mor--,,wrs, over---LJ under-vcf—%:cz av r,.d atox r a i n dings hatters may require due stz-t-ap pra-ccdatts Set and verify adjtzbfe cu-rent,volaW-and odxr wmergs,a,cording to device iirsvt=oas or wnu%diagrams. Allen-Btadiey AC drives sad soft starter units are slipped with preset factory settings smclt as mmp speed,cam mm liriim m=h Pe-ZOns,and readopts Preset factory setting may not be suitable for many applications_ Refer ro i u=cticn ui=uals supplied with the MCC for specific startup gurdancc- ATTEKTt N:Vefiby that the paraamehn a=fq tVe devices, sud-as drives:seft starters.aced overload relays,are suitaW fir- L tc-.F,SMOIC appEicakr,and chants there,as freed.Ed for the specif,:application. • 76 Radcv+eir Autnratiwt ft"icabon 21CU-{PIGt 2E-Et-F-Fah coy 2012 F''r 'Cl-= ist 8e!orr 1—n?^2irg CbaPW 7 • 13. V.anaally cmac=a:i switc:tes,cones auxLuT mitehes,circuit 5rcalrera, t;ieir res_ec--ve opcmccrs,=l:is:=:'.odds,::ip ccl :isms(:W,..b; pusi:ittgriie`F::s::to'Icp'�Jr�ist}.utda.•-yot!•.:-o_�eratu:gmeeb2:istnsto vcri ry t roper cpera*:O.D. 14. Cl cak:iming-c aT semiap vs re,.u-od. 15. Cl e:1tzS--vents ra:.tias a. C.'tr:i ai,vcnzs to msu:they am Ew:n.P ;bs—=c icrs. b. C'icrk vZ ins,ucd for:arced r.:r c.-e.'ir-g to ensc.^e r%c s;12.!�mutes widw=obsr:.t:rir.r!s. c. Chcdt ti:at tt:=a_-c in^lr.cc ani;c:ra:,a n3 sa u;Ln in :zusc; Sr w-he&i1ccl lz t :na c=ip ncc nc: if youiisrc w n arov�c'ed v4Yt i src rcrSrz�t aa.MCs ovrr dear vcr_:s 2Pc tars,&=sZ baf cs masc be:nsreacc—it,place%or:sr tc ma`r:a n rye arc rrs;3 t tab:hies o tltc�.^C Do noc:.psi sv y r.jpc o:�� tc ir.p;a`c or OF :--i aid:-on to,&:c a:= ATTENTION:CL�-e t*a-s:c-o-serria s•ftak,rrt -e cX-'.Tc , IC Check 2:1 curxn:.--2.-.sFarr,-cn ir!r:- rcr a .d cre;:_•r 61r:z- • secosdaria c.rcnot'eper,,but arc cit-=cor..::.r..ec to he'r ce•xcavc device cr e.torec: 17. Accbecic twat all'aarriers and parts that may have been removed during irtstagationf=,%e been minstallei. Be to to yczr barrier chccList,see step.. 18. Before dosiIg t:1e e71 4:ns•,XT d�`or i-L'wdt i - ta.ret oFx meta,chips,scrap wire and c tier debris:•om&.c MCC ir=rior 4 there is an accu^_u.ation e.a:st or c -t c.ran our t:1c MCC msi-tg a brcah,vacuum c:n ncr orc:ca :;�-_t-=cc rag.Do not use compressed L:r-it ari'lI red.scribute coatam.L ates on ather surfuccs. ` ATTENT10N, At.& -.zx,=a 6 a; uI irs-jle`or-sssta-ce tee, sa'ate aplxra-!se^si5vebH,+l tWV-r..aaes,such ss 6, rs-!e's,sc:a e2tq devices, rotrr er 'ce a:tx Wfts. 19. Co:: tU--an dectrical U* aeAa'on resistance test to VC7_7:he\'CC wie:ng integrity. • 5odaweli Autvmsfim Pcl kafim 21004ND12E-EN4-Fekwry 2012 77 • Chapter 7 Final Checklist Before Energizing Conduct this test using an insulation resistance tester(megger)with a potential of 500...I000V.This megger test should be conducted phase-to- phase,phase-ro-ground,and when applicable,phase-to-neutral on the MCC buswork.The test should be conducted with all of the switches or circuit breakers in the:open or OFF/O positions.Typical insulation resistance values are 50 Mn or greater. Next,check the held wiring;for example,motor cables and incoming line cables.Insulation resistance values arc affected by temperature,humidity, or dampness,which may cause a considerably lower insulation resistance reading.If the insulation resistance values are below 1 MO(for example, affected by dampness,temperature,or humidity)or the MCC has been stored in a damp or humid area,we recommend that the equipment be dried out.Dry out the motor cables by injecting a low voltage current or by using space heaters. Once the equipment is dry,repeat the insulation resistance test.The minimum value for insulation resistance on a new installation at startup or energizing is 1 MU These readings may be recorded in the Meer ReadiagRccordingTabl This table allows for additional megger readings to be recorded during regular maintenance periods. 20. Check that all arc-resisrant parts are installed. Sec ArcShield Comps - for more information. S21. Check that all unit latches are secure. See Door Latch Nsiti n Diagp ams for more information. 22. Check that all section closing plates arc in place. ' 23. Check that any SecureConnect units arc properly installed. See,tcure(onncct Unit Uie I—,for more information. 24. Close and latch all doors,making certain that no wires are pinched. Certain applications may have latch requirements different from those provided.If you have.questions regarding proper latching,contact Rockwell Automation LV MCC Technical Support at 1.440.646.5800 and follow the prompts to Allen-Bradley>Low Voltage Motor Control Centers>Post Shipment Support. Refer to the following illustrations for various latch placements. • 78 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 Final Checklist Before Energizing Craplar 7 • Door Latch Position Diagrams Figure 41-Vertical Vireway Door { Fa) � I � 1 f i 1 � i e e Standard Latches Arc Resistant Latches • Figure 42-0.5 Space Factor and Unit with Horizontel Discoanaet Handles F 0.5 Specs Fedor ® � v 1 Space Factor or Larger r i p Q Standard Latches A-c Resistant Latches • Rockwell Automatior Publicat`.on 2100-IN012E•FN-P-February 2012 79 • Chapter 7 Final(heckest Betore Energizing Figure 43-1.0 Space Factor and Units with Vertical Disconnect Handles t Space Factor to 2.5 I ' Space Factor • • ® . . ® An arc resistant latch is I ' used for the center latch only for main incoming 2.5 Space Factor or ® ® Power units and 100 ms Larger arc-resistant rating. Standard Latches An:Resistant Lathes • For most units,the center latch is a standard quarter-turn latch.For same units a multi-turn latch is used. Torque the latch to 20 Ib•in+/-2 Ibein. • so Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 Bebt aapt 7 • Figure 44-6 Speag Rctar(fail wctknj Units An arc-esis!-t latch i3 13 -P -j-, rhc s!=onv-j a:-,-msir=t:a:clzsam vcrT!cmI&PdtIw am com-rcwc,—, ,r;lc vacingoEtIc Cal:$=-c dccmwo. Figure 45-Spring Corrpmsion • qod,mF ALqm--ohm NWIcafier 21W2,N012E-EWP-Wffmrf 2012 t t • • Chapter Y FWAO Che AM Balrxe b rg'afG ArcSh�C��[f@�Components i l ATrENTK*L-� CEN 210 MCCs are pru-idad with Checksertarn components to educK the am4asisranf rat gig.These cw pwam must be in One par to usiN IN MCC in artier b ma:rztain,w arc rasa=OpaMbft TIP' Not al"of to CW'-;-Hft arm feaaaes namssary far the arc-resin rating are Stwin is� RV"48-im-remit MCC wi$lasuiacial Shaet!15 ra.deep,ri$t side vis"r InxeEd n ShEw Errd C.asur$PIa'a • a • 32 aetaorsratior+Puhficatian 2TQB-1W.2E-EN-P-February 2012 Fire .1rodE:st Befin La a zing CbWw 7 • Figure 47-AmSkisid Gam aneeft P s�scrr3!ie e'Yert W-,-zw Strpat Any e 00:ns A_mSbwW rednu x:'f; (sas at Frr�t>F! _r Allen-Bradley r �a�w�sr�orw�new�t �.w a• I �QtL'�Il6flf Label .'LTSFk'c!,anr:ssdaee DewLkwbd 1CQmsRe�eg � odb SO ♦ I - • 7o a:,�9c�in Fbrzr.af 4�revs:v U-n:� r_ t FforwmJn:Support S;:rnort 8�arkets � • aodweil Ae',vmetian Puf:licetien 2'=r;bM2&EIO-FahruW2OI2 63 • Chapter 7 Final D*Mst Before Ene4zing SecureCunneet Unit Verify these itcros before usingaSecurcConnectunit- Checklist 1. lake sure the scab lockout is pushed in. 2. Verifv the disconnect handle is OFF/0. 3. Insert the tool in the shaft port and rouse the tool to the right The status indicator should change from green to red iPC11YFR ti�l3ti AiHO /;�, �+I� I li01d 511tIr1ER s 'iUUUSPORl' � _ � i "rrrr+�.^s- �. ♦ State 1 1 Qrt • Status Port Stab Lockout Securecrmgea- s�a��r� �rit�s ATTENTION:SecureCorutect ants are shipped inside the uryt iocatiton with stabs in the disconnected Position.Prior to powering your horaontal f bus,you will rimed to place al SecureCamect units in the connected position. • 84 Rockwell Automaton Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 Final Checklist Before Energizing Chapter 7 • Required Minimum Table 7-Electrical Spacing Requirements for MCCs(1) Electrical Spacing , Min Spacing,in.(rom) Between Live Parts of Opposite Polarity Between Live Parts and Grounded Metal Pelts, Through Air and Over Voltage Through Air Over Surface Surface 0...150 0.5 in.02.7 nun) 0.75 in.119.1 mm) 0 5 in.(12.7 mm) t 151...300 0.75 in.(19.1 mm) 1.25 in.131.8 mm) 0.5 in.(12.7 mm} 301...600 1.0 in.125.4 mm) 2.0 in.150.8 mrr) 1.0 in.(25.4 mrn)2) 601...1000 ) 1.5 in.138 mm) 2.5 in.(63 mm) (4) , (1) An isolated dead metal part smh as a screw head or a washer,interposed between uninsulated parts of apposite polarity or between an uninsulated live part and grounded dead metal,is considered to reduce the spacing by an amount equal to the d:me4cri of the interposed part along the path of measurement (2) A through-air spacing of not less than 0 5 in(17 7 mm):s acceptable. ' at a circuit-breaker or fusible disconnecting means between grounded dead metal and the neutral of a 3-phase,4-wire motor control center (3) Applies only to rectified output>6004 DC. (4; Through-air spacing required is 15 it(38 mmk ova-surface spacing required is 2.0 in.(50 mm). Table 8-Spacing Requirements within MCC Units Min Spacing,in.(mm) Between Uninsulated Live Parts of Opposite Polarity and Between an Between Uninsulated Live Unitadated Live Part and on Exposed or Parts andRe Walls of a Metal Uninsulated Dead Metal Part other than Enclosure Including Fittings the Enclosure for Conduit or Armored Coble Vohage Through Air Over Surface Shortest Distance a...150 0.125 in.(3.2 m.m)121 0.25 in.(6.4 mm) 0.5 in.(12.7 mm) 51...300 0.25 in.(6.4 mm) 0.375 in.(9.5 mm) 0.5 in.(12.7 mm) 301...600 0.375 in.(9.5 mm) 0.5 in.(12.7 mm) 0.5 in.(12.7 mm) 601 (3)1000 ( 0.55 in.(14 rem) 0.B5'n(21.6 mm) (4) (1) The enclosure refers to the sermon enclosure. (2) The spacing between wiring terrrina:s of opposite pdarty shall rot be less than 0.25 in.(6A mm)if the terminals are in the same plane.A metal piece attached to the enclosure shall be considered to be a part of the enclosure for the purpose of this note if dVcm etlon of the enclosure is likely to reduce the spacing between the metal piece and a live part. (3) 0.'circuits derived from rectified AC dreuits withoct increases to the peak nominal voltage may comply with ' the electricai spacings of the A0 supp y vc'tage. (4) Through-air spacing required is 0.0 in.(20.3 mm,.over-surface spacing required is 1.0 in.(25.4 mm). • aockweli ALtomation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 !rr • mepter T RSrad Oladfat Saba btotwrm Figure 48-San*MCC iupd WorkAset (+aiza�tat'dlraovey —� 1.0 S, A ±A 2A t 13 ire ;333Irm 8 Q E iFI 98C600 s :s u J K ?4! • Hai 44�eaay --► Tah[i 9-Location of sample Umb wift Wkrum tam uait0e� 3 jE 26 Cot pia Ylflrie�tTia�,rs� Q s a IA 211313OMCA M0O= 4 AX3 — tE 211ZK-3 0 D-2 —1X7F-C1A Y=XXX}Qfa( 1 RV. . 4 r 3 __ 1C t6 21fm-AtJJ3D - 2A 21139-Z IA&WWT 4K FtW -2 — 8 i Ra3weN Aute!ua6aEt Pitt 210t'1-t�i0SZE-�E-P-fsbr:�yZ�712 Final Checklist Before Energizing Chapter? • Table 10-Unit Description Unit Type Coda 1 Code Description CN2DN ControlNet to DeviceNet DNC DeviceNet Connector DNPS I OeviceNet Power Supply EN2ON Ethernet to DeviceNet FCBX 1 Insert with Circuit Breaker FOSX I Insert with Fusible Disconnect FVLC I Full Voltage Lighting Contactor i FUR Full Voltage Reversing FVNR IV) Full Voltage Nor-Reversing(Vacuum) INSRT Unit Insert LRAN Lighting Panel (M)BPS MAIN Bolted Pressure Switch (M)CB MAIN Circuit Breaker (M)FOS MAIN Fusible Disconnect Switch {M)LUG MAIN Line Lugs METER Metering Unit NCP Neutral Connection Plate • NLD ControlNet to DeviceNet PLC Programmable Logic Controller RVAT Reduced Voltage Autotransformer SMC Solid State Motor Controller SPD Surge Protection Device TERM Terminal Unit TS1W A Two-Speed One Winding{Reversing) TS2W(R) Two-Speed Two Winding(Reversing) V-0(VT) Variable Frequency Drive(Variable Torque) VF-D(CT) Variable Frequency Drive(Constant Torque) VFDR Variable Frequency Drive Supplemental Unit XFMR Transformer • Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 87 • • s � g UnhLocatlon ® v Z I' T O1 (p� ("1 fA lD m M er A r Cr g K Z o T Size or Ampere Rating Description Full Load Currant Horsepower Overload or Heater Elements Kilowatts Circuit Breaker Trip Setting Power Fuse Rating Final Checldist Before Energizing Chapter 7 • Table 12-Mugger Reading Recording Table MCC Nacre/Number Circuit/Unit Phase-to-Phase Phase-te-Ground Phase-te-Neutral Date Name/Namber TB B B-C C-A A-Grd. ! B-Grt C-Ord. A-Neat. B-Neut. C-Neut I ! • .i i 4 I i i • Rockwell Automation Publication 210C-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 A9 • Chapter 7 Frrml Checklist Before Enegizing Notes: • 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100•IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 Chapter v • Energizing the Equipment LINATTENTION,This procedum is Xwided as gemral pid&-Le for energizing a newly r"W CFN'tMJNE MCC and should be used after . the FwW Do&pracedm m beer,xm etd.See Lj&12;)djet BtJom Dior wrote idmmfiw. ATTENTION: adgfiydargsruus- Semas Semas da73ge P-dx pewwl*ry cmmwk when pim-er is appi'mi. llwefcni,crb�que.iied pmwnel alcufd eaq�m ft squip.-mt. ATTENTWN,-Wfiaarwc-ti-g or arrvear erergzad atwt-'A21 BqLi�-nant H�I_w 3staVYW e'ecTze Wa,-�44rv_wcrkp=tc.-s.Reer to NFPA 7CE� Stamie-dficir Eiftumcai SffM4-in to Wo4bze. • Energize the Equipment I. Rcvlcw szf aadani.,-'_ns:mjcn:a:-_s ru-pp!'Cd fez cLe pizaper opmt:ar-a-C V?ccW- uz!ts sum as vaz pill Z_'WLX_lZ7 C.:rvcs=I'd soft.s-uta-S wl&, V.PIOPZ'=gad caal��Ci� 2. Check:!3a there is aci:cad on:nc NfCC w4cn i;:j=C_,�=L 3. De-cric.liac&V mi—ii a_,d Ln.:t d:,=o:_wr.-devices. 4. S. ATTENTION::as e,3L j De cpwatec Wthi a f dies;-d.x.Fr.a��es C,*Cud 1W.)pol��M. 6. ,Ent.--gize&.c 6D;'-*awed'.r.,c:.c seder devices azd the b-zinc-'i CIMU;c dcw-c=. Alww.rs cnaj�zc f-rcx.--'Ic o':hc mzcm, Lawwds d=.crdL 7. A£baaaaf the d!scon=ctsbzvcbecrc:ct.-,cL!oa6sa6as4-it:ngc:.vaim I mcm:scar- .-a.a.cc:=ccc:3 W-2v;>---:-_rr&izccL • vodaW Automation Pubrimban 7,GZ2MG1 ZE-FW-February 2012 91 • Chapter 8 knergaing the tqupmem a. When power-factor correction capacitors are energized with the motor windings and the start-up procedure requires that the respective motors be jogged or inched,temporarily disconnect the power factor correction capacitors. For more information on power factor capacitors and MCC units,refer to the Power Factor Correction Capacitors for Bulletin 2100 Motor Control Center Startcr Units Application Techniques,publication 2100-ATQQ 1. b. Verify that any acceleration times arc within application specifications. Excessive starting currents and acceleration times may cause inverse time circuit breakers,power fuses,overload relays,and other components to overheat and shut down the equipment. • 92 Rcckwell Automaticr Pub ration 2100-INO12E-EN-a-February 2012 Ch�pfsr � • Maintenance Fs=SI sh !rMCC-a to o-e;l care.;essa-y downy—c.T5c ftzgr=y offerriee x��e A:CC�rfls`3cx•d, gin die eq- p.-rcu sage and thx e^Piro tre.:!iz P7a.:]t%opc� �.I"r�e%41--miagiss suggested cltecldist:sr.d.csc iY Lserl.oa�5i;�4 s.:;uir.tersa^re 7r*�y--sm. ATTFKTIOW 2a- r.:rs!a3 to M rc",_^.be-v Maintain the MCC I• ���MCG o�x Perrar cr per esrsKiswd=&,mnaaoe progmuL 2. Cazer'erL,v irupect d.;�,�a ::_aeiaau�rites�r erc!rn.-`of euwa�ve ilea~ 3. Oreck For moisture or any rgrrs .3rc-i-p'nbssns' t;Ic Iv�CC. • IMPORTANT Co en tiara in wit at drippingfaotrt ert c;rts%tis sa rta is s w cause of MCC faika Elak to aw so=of mci t n. a. 5 cal cz conG,1::t,cras s.2Aaar^i:.ptiuthive:ilcwtc:old/orcacid 0aw mock"—c tc enz ii c MCC erclaas.m b. D ry or rep.�=Q:-.d c+ez,ins:eng rna:tuW strac It dranp or wet or &-qa of rT.�:fsc.;ze. c. Ciuc devices sad:s xs:ats.cirri. � iiX2i.disc3.2^t:t aA IC�CS neiays,azd psa bt- ns%r w-.:=s or sips o2 rnc:gu-corrosion,or co:xacLaarar:. d. RepRace dr�agcd or raa��an:tCo,.:.^.b ram. 4. Chcr-k-"w integrity o:bui spiia:.ccnnccaous. Busiplica=becasiiy:da dOzdb7t:.- on+cLr.v&.r-dthcvcr,,-z' v=cozy door o:on dse interior r4ht h.:ad sure pfue of icez=au acd atilt,Rcmrr:..ci:;rd.aar3:uvas�can be Eo_cd az�tcstsior�o�.�C`•. on due L-=ior or•. a vest caw .jacor or on tic irtcr,'or r .x.arid. n1 w fz= y�_.ade power bus ca.imtions aac cgt-U=ed.by a corpu - cortrulJcdvarqu_ngsystet^.Mc no ow;ngconric--fn i do not mquhv.,r- ttmquiag,vc ttcs:ao 4cd=ril Sins can.-eevo n s arsd?awe-canbanr ao uormwitai.'uns connections.;lest CactoLy-=6z connections do not rcgaire srrr cfag for the Li c:tke MCC. • 9odwell Automation%Wke m Z'IGC-iW, 2E-c,W-F&vwry 2Bl? a • �.mtt�r g AAairtatrertce 1-LTiodica4 dc=or repalce the air filters dependft on dw envftwmcntal conditions. 6. aca fur die pm,)=Cuucdm and,licedom ofmvement(no sticking or bfilding)ibc die diszaamxr,handle opaud4 and dcfiatcr mcc6misms. 7. Re 3l 6.-okm defarmeJ-malCu=danin&or badly worn parts or uwInWics. S. LnV=wat bxwsmb cDrjwxuom for wcar or corrosion. ,Wear and/or cc=mn can increww ask Stance end.CIWC an it crcL-xd tegnp==of tlse contwt point,lezdmg in fiflum Rc*c bras scabs if Ymac ac w=sfmx is—m:,Tm Luhdatw bm sU6 with NO-OX-ID gm:sc faraleg camber 2103H-Nip o:21001-1-NI 9T)b6oire inset It ng t6e unix iam the=:ticm A7TEMCft wair 01 or(mr we%-ved oxftxw BTETMW,fc!'Gw estaetg,,rj ek~,jce seety-WxWic.A pacww.Fff(w to*NFPA 7E Sta,-.ard fc-Eectrzaj Safer tq fie%kbfqpIzw. To pmer'.ifTu-v ar dwfi to pmw.,Id I*Evt%CILvOrilee, Cwtr-m rwo 3--e tv MCC FUMW Wme'sl 3 ft=I=ted Trd *A reipecdw crsm-ra*,tj a tracked w.tie OffiC Posftm Fat Oug- tine tr-1 fm-ft MCC. • 1-0 F- VZ ar.'P a 7,Y,,area ,XY a dUrAp W et�;MM nVAtO SWEI ftt tv uxt;'v:e..3 cpefatx is in t'm OR"d 1 trmu M=VUVZ tim UrIt 9. Inspect cunint carr",pam s= as fizsc dips,knife blades of disconaeccs:ami line amd Iced temihiis of du rim for dism'orajian, corrmiwi.or odmr signs cfw=r or pa mbic fill= 10. Check lack4 or intrAockmg devices for proper waidng condition. IL. A4rst,repair.or m1i2ce ant-d-Ticc If a—MMY u Check pow cwtam fc!:messivt wear and dm===Lniort end vamum or wipe cor-aam with a.%<-r cioth to remove dirt as ncc&& Contacts at--wt k&-mcd,L-T Jiscoteradon and slight pitting.Comms shou;d ocycr be filed,as eus coma reduce the 16--of the contacts.Contact spray dmnm shoak za:be used,as dlcy cause sdckwg on magnetic pole fiu=or LL op-==LjrmcchzzLjms,mtcr-rcnngPndi the dectricA cunt m'.1" of comets.Can==iuxi[d be replaced or4 after dac diver has be,Q=bag*we=Alvrap rejri=cost-cm m complete sets to amid misalignment and uncvm caneact Pressum 13. Check Far jcoscv.im cmuuxdom an power and control circuit c=rn,!naIs- I.ocw cojacctwns can cause overixada&hot spots,or arangfiWa;that could kad CC CC�LLpMLMt=.-jf=C=(Xj Cr faAUM Rrp6CC Any dZM.VCd parts or-idng� Ma+nwar,m QWnrB • 14. C,h ack conaetor and re:.wits;ur erider:cc c:ovCdICx sg,sGea as c-acrSiag.metir:g,orIcu r .gof if dicrc is cvidc:cc o:avcs:k-ui,3g,:'tc cc::=-=�c .cplacc&When replacing a coil,dick AA con-=.crc overvcl roc orunde.-vctragc car. ?ems that may hzr carszd e=V.il&a U:r.Be s----to cicaa arty rrs:d.-:c cf nc:tcc.cai:i._ l!a=z iv ow'_.s I arm of tlw device ar)Z oboe as ncccm4 15. C:.eciallpJot:41752 z .`a e.a -,�sa�dd,r lerfsesarrecresar3: 16. 0 cr1 ill fimcs. s rep?aci^.g`rscs>insrai<nc�s�x.e:fie arA near fise&=WS o-:6inau^f frrr-sired'ri 2r-.dic M CC. 1^. ;t-mcrc ac_-a.r•_.:tcd..ust �c�s�__:�r and ia ivi :>z.;suits by Oc.xc u:car-p=ss«:a.as::--a r cc r.::i:^_T.ci;arc a^d Wcv debris LB. Riixw h&icn,LcscrprLdes.N-7?A?QB,Rcvc:--=en&d?race=fim Eic��cai Fay.:ip.-^er:t".:ir-�:�:r=r I+rCC Sarsicar..gG..i�i:nts. Disconnect Switch and • Contact Lubrication won: r-s?.m NF-4 7C:-s8 iia 1�ii i3?w`s-•w--ICir.c-^rre-grze�ac•iF�, -t is pmmer:r^;!V or t to z:rs.: i:ws'catTp SbMjnj� t srt'Sci: X:.ta."S,Tck8 S B E..-i M .pa-Mr W CaS Z-8 a6i�.$rw^:7:2e,,24 2..11 f:3 -pspec"ve t-=;-.evt zz Ic.-kIJ ir,$3 OFr,,D pmtm for pfcg-m rits. asm"a aaerebr is in the W,(Z pow1-ior,befam mv.:;ng the emit u c M.ec:.:h=is used fr:q--c zt;9 Sec.mcs d fflzuk m o_=amc m is is a hig.* ce-r.�osive::cacst�t cnvims�ncr.:,zz e��Iutsrisa�rn.T1S�c�thrc�rt ru be usci.is N O-OX I7 Carr:,cn fa_a 1 pt can,oc czm!cznr_-1 21t'OFi NISTfer a 1 oz=.bc).Tc 6c4a+-cbhi=tccv=cC your local Rockwall A.=r.umm St=O.9ce,cAmf''z"--r or RoucwO A==a on. • ,%d 4WI Auinmatim RiWicafim 2'.0 214112E E14-P-=s.mmtV:012 E • Cbepler4 AAe;rrim`a/tte 1. L?rmrmim your unirtype. Plug-in Units Ta&w--nett sn w4m requires Iubdation and is housed in a plug-in auk, removr the ph g4fl mrit f UM the,MCC(For removal of usut,Vdc r to LF, jAw"itm�"d..-Rr' o erg E'-, -imlkh6 bei0m lubacadng the s nt&)- Fiamc,Mounted Units ffa disconnect swiuh rdres lutxicx icrr and is housed in a frame mounued.unit,:. m of tlic panes sat:rces to the MCC so rare swivel can be la�tsd. QTTEMMN-To r r-.y or deans to penmie idmcathV i dim rz:t mk,'=-=�tzts,i to sure tiwt tte W%mmots pwwe;rmm are&srar^,ez�ed and tm mvwt x d::scwnects aria tamed at tm 07/0 PSs`r-, Save all pa.Zs f3z re`nsa�L^tine L Remove the lint guard Eum ere diseoaacct. .4. Fez access w the discc ca=s s ary contacts,remove 611c art hood. 4. Generously apply d c NO-OX ID com?cund(sufficient enough w cover • wizh z r_o7cea7f e ffz;w bctli sib of the movabfc conma bfadts and co the adpccnr insides smacnary contacts and the kmge 5. RcksmE the arc freed tzar was r=jvrd in 6. Reiastan the Bete grrar carat eras seas removed . If the Grp mated diRnfMcct switch is housed in a p:ag-in unit.rciasall ncc aa-�- For won of anit,refs m ir-i::ing Urin with Vertical Operating HwkI.cs,pmyl cation 210aa 01� If dre unit requires hrbticadon because ofcerrosion(for ezampb-a salfuric eneirortmcnr),repIz-iag lieu a=t dascanr-_cct may be-tgwred to void ovedw2rbg conditions.Labcicatiau may arnporid1v rso ve overhcadng.however replacing the disconnect s-itch wo mW be&.idea!,long-arm suluticm • psi AUM(natimi RrbUwfim 21M)mW 2E-EK r-r-abimr 2012 Wrgmwxe Ckapw S • Use Thermal Infrared or Other Temperature Measurement Techniques rezvrirp�5�, i��,s ara priv�- we ft.cw's fdoy for Preventive Maintenance er.%7m and tP emv 3H f-Te-i. Use orser's:a..60 I w^a t pe::—,:r,-=_'-,zsa rMS--mm.ant S0,11ai enar7-mc pats are V skrtc I, I cm is net taker,electrtz.veck.severs fr,,;xyudeati wi,:,-8SL,t. V4W.VV0A!.1GCr. f,-"JV-SeB„iStus e as t-.z a I&-.,VLy-W"e w--.i-6-az t a 0*.R e e, b NP A 7 S'a dab,V E:act iral safety'an fe V#Wj;;3M. Usc tl--e Scl-cw,cg proced--,m A mn cuing in3:2.-ed j:c&c--=mp c rat:rt asp=of a an cc Program an CE NTF,-AIJN9 21 C,2 Lew Vol up Xf C Cs. 1. Use taut to dct=ix;r c clic ter.-perau=ai;-r--=r,ria:=8 dw =r--2 a a M,C Z:W O�',7 1 c c essi)l c 0 M,X-:--C r.-j W!d I I a:h C-a---i Z. 2. Dar,--mim the saviccs 2n.i--cwiz rccc:r=crda,:t!c=asxd on rac om-,Pemm M category it Lh C n 3 5-Adamoc Cho M Tab;@13- Temporal are Guidance MitiVay Tempenitu Tv-Pporglym Repair, @,V17CS alplwaldia?? Ain ' 0 69 OF 9C OF foryled Iffler%al 4ocammorgod A.01an lee�� <15, <7a, <I'M No vsx�A- or mpa!7,--quh--e. 2 -,Dv.-ZV 13-1 ft- 7—, .-*,Cr '2r..1S9* SeWca uT mmi,tea-tat net rrmNewce scbRJ-j1apX See jjm2bv!vw. pester when zbt Pritft but ciibrw miftnq as a oart Y 3 452 PC" 127-1 Ser&a or wpex the init MIN-,to mr,imm wsel-z a--d 7wiler do Unit at ft rw�Mai nIano=ataNd 4 1>SP r V 1>I'3P r 207* Sbidw doi unft aWrepsk lhot.thi;temps;aVe i anr PS1CW- DL 9 U Z-5CL".Y OV--Ti.N F i�'seed irm, iVKT Rftciw-st fatew.w,3.-3,=- mani in i:-;*2 of r3 e.np in dvtw-=7:to Se,imefiae-er,a de Res,Fx ww-p.e,amwiv*of 1-!or&W. .7WW rnft-,*v1- Inspect the Units for Signs of Ondwating 1. ff:herr arc no egns b,.!E:-.rad cou.ndiatc service is ca:nczesswy, the 2s ucepckk 'U se this mformaden for rcvicwfnZ the ir= to-r,2!.-=ancc 15or Pren.undime maintermnce Sor the sPCc2c fiddlry. • Qcri-oiii(ALIm-wtion PuMim"2TOC-IND12FEN-P-Fohmrf 2012 • � unaRrSrar�ce AT rEVr N: To service hie mib,maim w.e tfiat Lie MCC:emote power souses ere dmr_ze:a4,and twt Ca espechve disconnects am laded nn U oi:Ft-j Rcsida-1. if servicing a plop-h unit,awcee 4 franc the MCC to faclft to services.Refer b Qwptm cf#+!s publication fx unit remava. gL,e'irss. Wen.pluggi:-Dg n ha&In,rafer to CENTUUNI 2t CG Wator Cortral Ce;ters(!,=ihits ta;itt Ve f=l Operating Handles Imtefla m 4wt-uctzm,pul;',r�cn 21T,414014 and CEIt`TBUNE 21X PlaWr Cmtal C ("fCC)Units writ Horizontal^Csmrafig Handles ImtBratzr,fnsviz'sxs.PLN=fmn 21004N i- 2. If d-m arc no sips ofovdtaircg,bui thcrrezl infrared tuts iIdimm screice is required,d-w&the power cormections for proper torque- a- On disconnect swimlvs,smite the knife blades wir'a a Scorch-Britt Ong Via. b. REnovc a€'iurdenedgsrcuc. Care should be taken rrss:to d=w,the d.sc=a=ja% (s=oc uy cant=) • c. L,ubiicsoc with a fine Rim of NO-OX ID(cxalag numbs 21 OOH N 18 for a 0.47 L(1 pri c2n,or catalog numScr 210E F-I\i 9T for a 29.5 nil (I oz)=be). Shouje that dixoomm=be a bjcc:co cayroammul condmons casing chronic ramming,it mxa be nemsmiT to dexs r..inr.if there is an incomparibiNy i i the p2:!E'2g mz-a-saL rL CIa_'Bprc,Hydrogen su;F.dc and silver plat& On fuss and fuse clips,sc rice by pokshfng wrzh a Scotch-Bate cleansing bead.Do not hdmcate t o fuses or dic fuse cups. 3. 1f avcrhenmg alas occartad as L--,d-.caccd L,-sev=tzrnisLm&inErred t= nn&,crystallisation of ikon on coaduccors,discok zdon of tlhe components,dad=xng of the mal&mg mamri2k bdvt c conductor irwuLeonz,or d6mmztim and mehmg of parts,repUcc the compomm s drat arc suspect. For more informadt2n aoncam Rockweg Automarion Lv'MCC Technical Support at 1.440.646.58M ami fol ow tac protipa to AU=-Brz&Y>Low Pottage motor Consol Centm>Pbst Shipment Supp rom • po&mff Aumm bm Publication 2tQII-i1+1612E-80-FeL*mm 2012 i Chapbr 10 • Maintenance After Fault Condition Maintain the MCC After a Fault Condition A ATTF.IVT K IN'ske s-,rate-na W-, ramns 1cm's-t-ces a:, J'.SX. ..3C —a17 °:at the mwcJvz ci wmac t am.')eked in fa l:TA) Pest m. is c`xr i<ngof die s�•rrt Circuit r-roxC--fve iv"!='SUZ:as fezcs or c°:=a. brrakm)in a orupedy word�^amd mono imnc:-circuj.is ar in6cacion of a fai:?z oo��+?.:.oa in ezccss ar o�xririzg m.�;aac anal. �:ut�c corrxrec. Fai•lt ean.awns an causes aageto mot:r1 a au:t Oczl s, -Wm thus�:roaedL w 1. De-=-3=a..c MCC. Z. Irvesdgvz lic c;,.-=of the fzLt and crnzi-n3:xt-Aorcmg �r per N7YAScan'�dspi���a_r. C52. -'s S,Tns .rorulia:r:a6a g • .rsta:'r_on opomaxc and im a_!r.unxnze of RiCCr_^_ot ruve -ere&= 6i OV,Soccion S 1.'faints ?Y=aft":Fatzt has Ocr:rrcc. 3. \`r Ice r.eccss:r�':eCa`rs to ac:�s, ^x cres::d�cc�cr ra as rx�irec, prior to remcrgizuig t;ic cgtu-pm�t. 5c SLIM dut rrpiccmczt oa.-z arc FaImSr m:.-d for c ms sm-=c tar�mcom)may be requhv&Reset ao • !'cdmel.ALInnatier,PuWkefim Z1C&',{ME-BV-P-February 2012 9® • Chapter 10 Mairrerarrce After Fault Condition Notes: • 100 RcckNell Autamatan Pubiication 21 CO-IN01 2E-EN-o February 2012 Chapter 1' • Renewal Parts A Renewal Parts Stocking Program for MCCs is recommended in conjunction with a maintenance program.This is important for minimizing expensive downtime and to be able to facilitate critical repairs. Factors to consider when developing an effective Renewal Parts Stocking Program include the following: • The frequency of ON-OFF cycling and the amount of ON or operating time. • The need for items such as continuous operation,inherent design limitations,and environmental considerations. • The total number of similar devices supplied as original equipment within the MCC. • Individual user policies governing spare parts. Consideration should also be given to stocking complete units when the job site • is in an area remote from a distributor or district sales office or when it is critical to maintain continuous operation of a system. Order Information The following information is required when ordering renewal parts: • Description of part or unit • Series letter • Part or catalog number Quantity • Shipping address • MCC serial number and complete nameplate data Refer to ,Parts Illustration,for pictures and descriptions of common section and unit parts. • Rockwell Automation Publication 21 00-INC1 2E-EN-P-February 2012 101 Chepftr11 Renewal Pars Notes: • • 102 Rockws rye^cmaticn Publication 21OC INC12E-i N•P Jebruary 2012 Gha er 12 Parts Illustrations Typical Section Construction T�HarBr�al IP LOP.ird f� a Tcr?fact @ � ! Wusrvay$afPe t ` Rg :m"Unh Support y`g.t& 'l rst +Assm-tS, Worzr`A and Verrcd ; W�tM f � Sedw RUMPMe lit�er,� Vesta:to�v:zsrra Ls Cemer Ertz a!ats j Ca ae Amass'.l YBf r I I Vsbca!krs SL; ,M Corer 1 LSPr S-Xcrt Per I 5eri�e Strz� !_eft Rwd 5`I=_?:--'z Userth- Sic S. �, o• Sot==LFpctRrjk Nnhial GMixe Bus ' Top or Bottom Vl'rrmm Cave, LHItAerL Bc:oer-Ere Cl-mar,°'e'e • Fock"i ALvnation WW'+cation Y iOG-`.NGT2E4*? Fdnoy 2012 193 • 7ti204W12 Parts Axvifff; m Typical Construction of a Unit with a Vertical Operating handle Cap us� �a U�s;.a'_'Am-g-t j cartrc I Crait - _ L-`t handle I�Oer�idr rises and-�� C inA 0-,mkw or Fasit% FM; aek G�rrneet(�"s� r f.�ttmc2s .' 0-.-,0zd y`. ^mac,sd iia-' Ca:tro:Cif LWmfc-s:�shawn)— Caztta Trats WW '/ . , . Ce�r Wmhgnism Pcxaad0antn4 Fa--Im Lats T. ..Slodo [hc r1�Q CR Capdre tetrh &iabet J l celat L W w:;t sthprrK Pm Huffe6a 211Z Sae 1.FMR wilh Traeadeemei Shown • IC4 Ruc:kvj if Autartmafran Publication 21Z4NOt 2E-EN-F-Fo nszy 2012 Pert`h;at'at M CbaF!er 12 • r Typical Construction of a Half Space Factor Unit with a Horizontal Operating Handle and Door Mounted Pilot Devices 1--r c'ib Amenth'i Cc C r a ate_ 1 �i�s.Adecheniam _"� � Ster�r Lila ttacr-eples— -- • lP:�t II= �"ro<9er�aeri Unite Support Fan ,.eta Lei:SL;,rtFen Est* Phalle 7;8-;-V-ti ?J1! • %dmj if Aumwm im R:t>ricatic n 21[r-W17E-EN-P-Febmary 2012 is MWOW 12 Pacts(INW"r m Typical Consu action of a Unit with a Horizontal Operating Handle Ga o'C�uit£rams firer :hd Stm Ass%nLif Ca�Weac 2-SUWW \¢ 0aakx Ks:ay U I BrUAW(dnxrt t Efa>sPe Wsdenis^� Ijnit teslock Fat us ccas Unit%arpfBm�1 :.car Lat Support Pan A4 L,Tkts<_WWPen$ihkV P}asxFet2`1-271 BidWrt 2413,{EC Style Shawn • R veml Autnmetian PvWkabm 210W.2E-EN-P-February 2012 Index A conduit 41 adding sections 12 bottom entry 41 top entry 41 additional resources 7 contactor and relay coil check 95 air filter check? cUL designation 12 air filters 77 altitude class 21 arc flash 63 Q protection marking requirement 61 defeater lever 64 Rockwell Automation services 62 defeating unit door interlock 63 ArcShield 9 14 dimensions 9, 20, 23,24 components checklist 82 disconnect handle check 94 door hinge removal 51,56 door latch positions 79 door latch positions 79 IEEE 10 door removal 5', 55 insulating sheet 82 dust and dirt 95 joining and splicing 38 opening door 50, 55 pressure relief plate 24 E rating 54, 58 electrical insulation resistance test 77 rating label 14 section clearance 24 electrical spacing 85 support pan removal 59,50 end closing plate 12 top entry conduit 41 energize the MCC 73,91 unit removal 54 energize unit door cpci 55 B bottom entry conduit 41 F bus splice check 93 flash protection 61 bus torque specifications 4-0 fuse check 95 bus-stab check 94 G G general description 9 cable general spacing requirements 85 installing 42 grounding 75 lugs 47 rasing 42 cable bracing Q H glass tape 4-4 hardwocd 45 handle height 23 nylon rcpe 44 handling 20 check height considerations 23 air filters 77, 94 horizontal bus 9 bus splice 93 sc Icing 37 bus stabs 94 horizontal handle 47 cabling 75 circuit braakers 75 door interlock defeater screw 63 conduit 75 swing-out door!aches 58 contactor and relay coils 95 horizontal handle removal 55 disconnect handle°! fuses 95 interlocking devices 94 locking devices 9- incoming line brace 45 moisture 93 inspection timeline 93 pilot lights 95 power contacts 94 installation 12 wiring 75 cable 42 check list 73 conduit 41 circuit breaker 76 horizontal handle 47 • 9ockweil Automaton Publication 2'OC-,NO12E-EN-P-February 2012 laic • lodex lugs 42 section installation 12 plug-in units 47 securing 24 vertical handle 47 seismic requirements 36 interlocking devices check 94 storage 21 weights 20 MCC receiving,handling,and storage 19 J measuring temperature 97 joining and splicing 37 moisture check 93 bus torque 4C mounting dimensions 23 joining and splicing NEMA Type 12 motor 1 C in.wide 29 control centers 36 15 in.and 20 in.25 joining and splicing NEMA Type 3R and Type 15 in.and 20 in.comer sections 32 15 in.and 20 in.deep 40 ir.wide 33 4 units 38 25 in. 28 30 in.and 40 in. 27 71 in.sew ions 35 L 9 in.wireway 28 labels NEVIA 3R 30 ArcShield 14 NEVIA G 3C short circuit rating 13 UL 13 N layout worksheet 86 lifting angle 24 nameplate 1 C lifting sections 20 NEMA Type 12 MCC line compartment 43 joining and splicing 38 location planning 23 NEMA Type 3R MCC locking joining and splicing 38 • mounting dirrensions 3C horizcn2l handle 69 NEMA Type 4 MCC horizontal operating handle 67 jo'ning and splicing 38 large vertical handle 69 mounting dimensions 30 medium vertical handle 68 NFPA70E 61,63,91,94 padlock 7C small vertical handle 58 units 69 U vertical operating handle 66 locking device check 91 operating handle locking the horizontal operating handle in the OFF/0 position 67 M locking the units with the operating handle in main disconnect 43 the ON/I position 67 bottom entry connection 43 locking the veritical operating handle in the top entry connection 43 OFF position 66 opening the door when the handle is in the maintaining the MCC ON/I position 63 after a fault condition 99 operation 21 MCC Dverriew 93 order information 101 cimensions 20 energizing 73,91 P joining and splicing exisiting motor control centers 37 pilot light check 95 joining and splicing NEMA Type 12 motor plug-in unit 9 control centers 38 plug-in unit removal joining and splicing NEMA Type 3R and Type horizontal operating handle 55 4 units 38 vertical operating handle 5C joining and splicing new motor control power contacts check 9-' centers 37 maintenance 93 power-lector correction capacitors 74, 92 mounting 24 pre-energizing check procedure 73 mounting dimensions 23 pre-energizing checklist 74 operation 21 preparing MCC 74 • product construction 103 10B Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-E14-P-February 2012 Index • product overview 9 support pan removal 59 publications 7 ArcShield 59 pull boxes 38 swing-out door latches 56 switch lubrication 95 Q T qualified persons 73 taunperature guidance 97 R measurement 97 rearranging sections 12 test electrical insulation resistance 77 receiving 19 top remove support pan 59 entry conduit 41 remove units horizontal handle 55 U SecureConnect 48 UL label 13 vertical handle 50 removing large units 53,58 UUCSA marking 12 renewal parts 101 0eft construction 103 description 87 S door remowl 51,55 horizontal handle removal 55 sections interlock 69,71 adding 12 interlock lever 64 installation 12 latches 52 lifting 20 overheating 97 numbering 12 partially removed and locked 70,71 rearranging 12 removal 53 SeeureConneet 48 removed and locked 71,72 seismic requirements 36 space factor 9 e9 EoEE down type handle removal 50 weld down 37 unit door interlock 53 sequence numbering 11 unit interlock 71 series unit removal 57 lettering 17 using a padlock 70 number and series ID 14 shipping weights 20 export 20 V standard 20 vertical bus 9 short circuit rating label 13 vertical handle 47 sections 13 vertical handle unit removal 50 units 13 shatters 54,58 space factor 9 w spacing requirements within the MCC 85 storage 21 weights 2D wiring support 98 ring 52,53,57,77 integrity 77 • Rockwall Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 201 Z IN • �IIdOI Notes: 110 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100-IN012E-EN-P-February 2012 • Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using ics products. At aaP&//www.roclrwellau ma ton om/suppgrv,you can fend technical manuals,a knowledge base of FAQs,technical and application notes,sample code and links to software scrvicc packs,and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools. For an additional level of technical phone support for installation,configuration,and rroub(rshooting,we offer TechConnect support programs.For more information,contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative, or visit b=./Iwww.rockwelL=o=ion.com/sui2port/, Installation Assistance If you experience aproblem within the first 24 hours of installarion,review the information that is contained in this manual. You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running. United States or Canada 1.446.W.3434 Outside United States or Use the Wornewide Locator at http1 iwww rudMliautomaJcrtcom/suppertlarn ri as/nhorP an html or contact Canada your local Rockwell Automation representative. New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operadonal when shipped from the manufacturing facility. However,if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned,follow these procedures. United States Contact your distributor.You must provide a Customer Suppor.case number(call the phone number above to obtain one)to your distributor to complete the return process. Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure. Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better.If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document, complete this form,publication RARA-DUOS available at aitp://wwwrockwe lauto atioei om-lit-zauuc . Rockwell(homasyon Ticaret A.$.,Kar Plan 1�Merltezi E Blok Kat:6 347 5214erenk8);Istanbul,Tel:+90(216)5699400 www.rockwellautomation.com Power,Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Amencat Rockwell Automation,1201 Sourh Second Scrcet,Milwaukee.W153204 USA.Tel:(1)414382.2000,Fax:(1)414,382.4444 • Europe/Middle EuuAfrics:Rockwell Auromadon,Uorsdaan/Boulcrard du Sauvcrain 36,1I 770 Brussels,Belgium,Tel:(32)2 663 0600,Far:(32)2 663 0640 Asia Pacific:Rockwell Aummation,Level 14,Corc F.Cybcrporc 3,100 Cyberporr Road,Hong Kong,Tel:(852;2887 4788,Fax:(852)2508 1846 Publication 2100-IN01ZE-£N-P-February 21112 PN-141724 Su prrsades P t liadim Z1OD-IND120-EN-P-Sarmu r 2010 Ca"hl 0 2 M2 Hadmill Au:oinrlon,hx M rlghu reamed.Primed in the USA • range troy^appro)amateiy$1200,design)to$1800 plus travel expenses(cn-slte)per network. For more information on these sere Cos, please contact your local Allen-Bradley sales representative or authorized distributor. Customer Services Rockwell Automation has addit onal customer services available that you may w sh to consider for this MCC project. These:ncluce the following: • MCC Inspections at the factory • htCC Witness Testing at the Factory • Start-up Assistance Training • Warranty Extenslons or Modifications • Spare Parts Suggestions Additional Service Manuals or Special Documentation For more information and pacing on these services,please contact your local Allen-Bradley sales representative or authorized distributor. Additional Clarifications Specific to this Proiect • Page 7 of 7 1)) 350 MCM CABLES PER PHASE ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 2,000 AVAIL. SHORT CIRCUIT AMPS 80 VOLT,3 PH,4 WIRE,60 HZ,WYE SOLIDLY GROUNDED NEUTRAL TO METERING UNIT 400A UNIT 1A CS70596911 BUS - 600A COPPER/TIN PLATED 42,000A RMS BRACING TO SHE 02 DISC 1 DISC 30 18 CIrcult 40 Lighting Ponel FIR FIR � n n n n n n n POWER MONITOR UNIT 1E CS70553732 UNIT 1G CS70057589 UNIT 20 CS70820589 UNIT 2H CS70057589 NOTES: CUSTOMER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS INC USER AB Allen-Bradley Rockwell MCC SUPPLIED WITH 1/4 X 1 HORIZONTAL GROUND BUS C.O. NUMBER �^ Automation CUSTOMER ID INDICATES AN UNKNOWN VALUE MOTORS ARE REMOTE FROM THE MCC PROJECT STRANDON BOULEVARD EXTENSION ENGINEER MOT A-B ORDER NO.FUTURE050909/01DATE 10 MAY 2011 MCC NO. MCC (ALTERNATE BOM) REV 1 08MAY12 CIRCE REF. NO SERIAL NUMBER SALES OFFICE SEA WA REV 01581148 02 2100-******* ** SALES REP. 126 REV REV SHEET 1 OF 2 REV REV 1 10-15811480201 FOR rL 10 o CIRPP65-J4F3-110510-1400-N ONE LINE DIAGRAM ENGR is • 0 1— _ �alyes] 1 z 3 a T— (1z 0] [t 1'1003 i3 A 13A to (330] 9 Eo 2D 92.5[23581 1E FFG 1G N 2H J K L M 11521 5 [381 QWARNING DIMENSIONAL, LAYOUT, AND UNIT DESCRIPTIVE DATA SHOULD BE CONSIDERED AS "PRELIMINARY". CUSTOMER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS INC USER C.O. NUMBER Allen-Bradley Rockwell CUSTOMER ID .r.. Automation PROJECT STRANDON BOULEVARD EXTENSION ENGINEER - W[REWAY LEGEND A-B ORDER NO. FUTURE050909/01DATE 10 MAY 2011 6 - 600 AMP VERTICAL BUS IN SECTION S - SPACE HEATER LOCATED IN SECTION MCC NO. MCC (ALTERNATE BOM) 9 - 9 INCH WIREWAY SECTION T - THERMOSTAT LOCATED IN SECTION REY 1 08MAY12 CIRCE REF, N0. SERIAL NUMBER N - NEUTRAL CONNECTION PLATE OR VERTICAL BUS IN SECTION C - CORNER SECTION SALES OFFICE SEA WA REV 01581148 02 2100-******* ** P - PULL BOX MOUNTED ON TOP OF SECTION i- DEEPER SECTION SALES REP. 126 REV REV SHEET 1 OF 6 REV REV F-1 5 81 1 4 802 01 CIRPP65-J4F3 110510-1400-N FORM 385 - ELEVATION DRAWING FORM 385E-ENGR FROM SHT 01 BUS — 600A COPPER/TIN PLATED 4ZO00A RMS BRACING T)MCP T MCP 85A ) 85A SCR FU SCR FU VFO AVFD 85q � BSA i 50`i i�50 i BHP/ HP; UNIT 3A CS70727838 UNIT 4A` CS70727838 CUSTOMER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS INC USER AB Allen-Bradley Rockwell C.O. NUMBER -•^ Aetomatlon CUSTOMER ID PROJECT STRANDON BOULEVARD EXTENSION ENGINEER A—B ORDER NO.FUTURE05 09 09/01DATE 10 MAY 2011 MCC NO. MCC (ALTERNATE BOM) REV 1 08MAY12 IRCE REF. NO SERIAL NUMBER SALES OFFICE SEA WA REV 01581148 02 2100—■■sssss ss SALES REP. 126 RE IREV I ISHEET 2 OF 2 REV IREV 1 0-1 5 811 480 20 2 CIRPP65—J4F3-110510-1400—N ONE LINE DIAGRAM —ENGR • • • • • • MOTOR CONTROL CENTER SPECIFICATIONS NEMA WIRE CLASS: 1 WITHOUT INTERW/R/NG NEMA WIRE TYPE: B INTERWIRING DIAGRAM: NO INTERWIRING WIREWAY: DIAGRAM POCKET LOCATION: CENTRAL WIREWAY TIE BARS: NO ENCLOSURE DEPTH: 15 fRONT MOUNTED NEMA TYPE: 1G WITH GASK£T£D DOORS TOTAL NUMBER OF SECTIONS: 6 DRIP HOODS: NO NUMBER OF SHIPPING PARTS: 3 EXTERNAL MOUNTING CHANNELS: NO SPACE HEATERS: NO SECTIONS PER SHIPPING PART: Pod 1:2 Pod 2.• 2 Port 3.• 3, 4 INCOMING SUPPLY: 480 V,60 HZ,WYE,3 PH,4 W/RE,WITN SOLIDLY GROUNDED NEUTRAL INCOMING CONNECTION: MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER INCOMING CABLE ENTRY: TOP RATING (AMPS): 400 INCOMING CABLE SIZE (KCMIL): 350 INCOMING CABLES PER PHASE:/ INCOMING CABLE SUITABILITY: COPPER INCOMING CABLE LUG TYPE: MECHANICAL NUMBER OF INCOMING LINE SECTIONS: I INCOMING LINE SECTION N0. S 1 POWER BUS MATERIAL: COPP£RITRN PLATED POWER BUS RATING (AMPERES): 600 A 71" HIGH POWER BUS LOCATION: NIA HORIZONTAL NEUTRAL BUS: NONE LOCATION RELATIVE TO POWER BUS: NEUTRAL CABLE SIZE (KCMIL): NEUTRAL CABLES PER PHASE: NEUTRAL CONNECTION PLATES:NO NEUTRAL BUS SECTION NO.(S): VERTICAL NEUTRAL BUS RATING (AMPFRFS): NEUTRAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: HORIZONTAL GROUND BUS: 1/4[6.4]X 1[254J UNPLATED COPPER GROUND BUS LOCATION: BOTTOM VERTICAL GROUND BUS:CWPER PLUG-IN GROUND CABLE SIZE KCMIL: Z50 NUMBER OF GROUND CABLES:2 BUS BRACING: 42,000 AVAILABLE SNORT CIRCUIT AMPERES 42,000A FULLY RATED SYSTEM MANUAL SHUTTERS:YES AUTOMATIC SHUTTERS:NO PROTECTIVE CAPS FOR PLUG-IN STAB OPENINGSNO ISOLATION BARRIER BETWEEN UNIT AND VERTICAL WIREWAND EXPORT PACKAGING: NO NO-OX-ID COMPOUND ON BUS: NO "T" HANDLES ON WIREWAYS: NO STAINLESS STEEL NAMEPLATE SCREWS:NO DEVICENET CONNECTOR COVERS: NO CUSTOMER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS INC USER AB Allen Bradley Rockwell C.O. NUMBER Automation OPTIONAL 2 [50.81 X 6 [152.41 PHENOLIC MASTER N.P CUSTOMER ID PROJECT STRANDON BOULEVARD EXTENSION ENGINEER MCC A-B ORDER NO. FUTURE050909/01DATE 10 MAY 2011 0 o MCC NO. MCC (ALTERNATE BOM) REV 1 08MAY12 CIRCE REF. NO. SERIAL NUMBER SALES OFFICE SEA WA REV 01581148 02 2100-•••«•w •s SALES REP. 126 REV REV SHEET 2 OF I REV REV F-15811480202 CIRPP65-J4F3-110510-1400-N FORM 385 - ELEVATION DRAWING FORM 385E-ENGR }E UNIT DOOR NAMEPLATES 1-1/8 [29] X 3-5/8 [92] UNIT LOAD BRANCH CIRCUIT ❑NO NAMEPLATES - NAMEPLATE SCREWS PROVIDED. ❑CARDHOLDER ❑ BLANK NAMEPLATES Service Factor = ❑ ENGRAVED ACRYLIC - BLACK LETTERS ON WHITE BACKGROUND. ❑ENGRAVED ACRYLIC - WHITE LETTERS ON BLACK BACKGROUND. ❑ENGRAVED PHENOLIC - BLACK LETTERS ON WHITE BACKGROUND. J'` �� 1 ❑ENGRAVED PHENOLIC - BLACK LETTERS ON YELLOW BACKGROUND. ■ ENGRAVED PHENOLIC - WHITE LETTERS ON BLACK BACKGROUND. 0" P J� g p ❑ ENGRAVED PHENOLIC - WHITE LETTERS ON RED BACKGROUND. 2J� o fig' e Qp� o� �<L� �y gg `.•r20Vtio4 ❑ SPECIAL. ob LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3AIR O��a 1 1A CS70057589 MCB 3 1E CS70553732 METER 2 1G CS70592988 FCBX Ise 30 5 2D CS70820589 LPAN 4 2H CS70510321 XFMR 1 15.0 16C 30 6 3A CS70727838 RVSS 85 50 MCP 100 6 4A CS70727838 RVSS 85 50 MCP 100 Heater elements are —N UNIT BUT NOT INSTALLM. METER METERING UNIT CUSTOMER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS INC P NEUTRAL CONNECTION PLATE AB Allen-Bradley DNC DeviceNET CONNECTOR USER y Rockwell UNIT DESCRIPTION PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER C.O. NUMBER ern CN2DN ControINET TO DeviceNET DNPS DEVICE NET POWER SUPPLY Automation EN2DN Ethernet TO DeviceNET RVAT REDUCED VOLTAGE AUTOTRANSFORME CUSTOMER ID FVLC FULL LIGHTING CONTACTOR SMC SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLER PROJECT STRAND ON BOULEVARD EXTENSION ENGINEER FVR FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE A—B ORDER NO. FUTIJRE050909/01DATE 10 MAY 2011 FVNR V FULL VOLTAGE NON—REVERSING VACUUM RM TERMINAL UNIT INSRT UNIT INSERT TST R TWO—SPEED ONE WINDING REVERSING MCC NO, MCC (ALTERNATE BOM) LPAN LIGH NG PANEL W R TWO—SPEED TWO WINDING REVERSING REV 1 08MAY72 CIRCE REF. NO. SERIAL NUMBER M BPS MAN BO PRESSURE SWITCHVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE, VT—Variable orqu ALES OFFICE SEA WA REV 01581148 02 2100—rsrsaa* sr M B MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER VFD(xx) CT—Constant Torque, HO—Heavy Duty, REV REV SHEET 3 OF 6 M F S MAIN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH ND—Normal Dut —Su lemental Unit SALES REP. 126 M G MAIN LINE LUGS XFMR ITRANSFCRMER REV REV F-15811480203 CIRPP65—J4F37110510-1400—N FORM 355— ELEVATION DRAWING FORM 385E—ENGR IIE • • • • • • FLOOR PLAN LAYOUI FIG 3 01 02 03 04 FIG 1 FIG 2 1 FIG 2 1 FIG 2 4.37 4.37 HORIZONTAL GROUND BUS SPLICING 217.7 [(45] [111] 217.7 ([45] [111] 1200 AMP MAX. MAIN AND NEUTRAL BUS SPLICING REQUIRED ACROSS SHIPPING SPLITS OR MCC ADDITIONS [1211 17.72 [458] (73] [124 17.72 [450] [73]2.87 STRAIGHT SPLICE BACK OF ENCLOSURE) BACK OF ENCLOSURE MAIN HORIZONTAL BUS OR NEUTRAL B EXISTING GROUN BUS CLAMP BUS 0 0 ----------- / (BACK) 25 -:--:--INCOMING LAZES__ 25 STRAIGHT SPLICC-�- 6 30.12 //////// 30.12 785 [ ] --------- [p3-' ]1 B.SB[ ] [6] ]jq{]16.$B[765] FLAT WASHER ADJACENT VERTICAL /////// /////// L SUPPORT CHANNELS-� OR CONTROL AND 14211 CONTROL AND [4211 SPLICE B 7.38 POWER WIRES j 7.38 POWER WIRES// ONE-PIECE NUT AND CONICAL WASHE 7.38 [1B7] OPTIONAL - 4 HOLE SPLICE HARDWAP& 187] BOO ! '0 0) BAFFLE AND �/ O I® �f/ OFFSET SPLICE OPT.HORZ. 11.25 OPT. HORZ. 11.25 `L=�/ �f/ 5 IN. BUS OFFSET GROUND BUS [2�] GROUND BUS [286] 1/4 X 20 X 3/4 HEX HEAD SCREWS .83(16]DIA. .83 [161 DIA. HORIZONTAI SPLICE TORQUE REQUIRED TORQUE TO A MAXIMUM 65 LB-IN (7.3 Nm) F7G 1 FRONT OF DOOR HANDLE FIG y FRONT OF DOOR HANDLE FIG 3 26 LB-fT (37 Nm) FIG 4 (FROM STRUCTURE-NOT IN KIT) CUSTOMER TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS INC USER A 1B Allen-Bradley Rockwell C.O. NUMBER mom Automation CUSTOMER ID - INDICATES THE LOCATION OF A BUS SPLICE PROJECT STRANDDN BOULEVARD EXTENSION ENGINEER A-B ORDER NO. FUTURE050909/01DATE 10 MAY 2011 MCC NO. MCC (ALTERNATE BOM) REV 1 I08MAY12]REV CIRCE REF. N0. SERIAL NUMBER QWARNING DIMENSIONAL, LAYOUT, AND UNIT DESCRIPTIVE DATA SHOULD BE SALES OFFICE SEA WA REV 01581148 02 2100-******* ** CONSIDERED AS "PRELIMINARY'. REV REV SHEET 6 OF 6 SALES REP. 126 REV F-158tt480206 CIRPP65-J4F3-110510-1400-N FORM 385 - ELEVATION DRAWING FORM 385E-ENGR 10 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 5 1 8 1 7 1 8 CONNECT BETWEEN SIMILARLY MARKED TERMINALS A 8 TO HORIZONTAL BUS L1 L2 L3 C I I I I I _ I I I I DS I I I D L--1L1 —_1L2 _ 1L3—� E 1L1 1L2 1L3 I M U N 1 MFU L T1 ,—_T2___T3 J F G References BUL. 2192F ACAD evislori ansicns ppy eo. Surfm Trot nj RackwdYAIpolnetl0e e ease mansions n nc e ^��.. H B 0 09 96 Oth wise S ecified � �rB Y la a ecima Dr. PPEN5776 Date 5 6 9 Sheet 1 0f 1 ace cimo Chkd. N/A Date N A Swe e r. n es A d.N A Date N/A CS70057589 9-ts-95 Packaged Control Cadds • • 1 I 2 1 3 1 4 s 1 e 1 7 I A r----------i I L3 0— I I , I BUS 1 I I , I L1 o-- I � I I I I I -----CBB----� — UNIT NS-ALLA-104 i�1 tA� �s�'nr 1L1 c 'ou'"�o 1 Yr 4Nl0 VOLTS—i r'— --------- —� I 1 o H1 H3 H2 H4 ,II� II TRANS. --- —21 1 FUffX3X2 X4 iI U IL-------J — --- TO 1 GROUND BUS OR CUSTOMERS GROUND SYSTEM. F 240 VOLTS E E TORQUE ALL FIELD CONNECTIONS TO THE VALUE SPECIFIED IN THE CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECIFICATION TABLE. ALL FACTORY WIRED CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TORQUED AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED. _ REFER TO 40110-920 FOR FACTORY WIRING TORQUE SPECS CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECS t10X Load Cable Connections at Sec.Fuse Holder 45 lb—in 5.0 Nm G References BUL 2197 15 KVA (�\I e a on — -iimn o nc Allen-Bradley e vase �m1n�wmu,inK H 1 (d9 2B a4 W nggbAy�D _ �t :" w h =� S Ap DI_ PPEN577B Date i0 13 &t Sh-t 1 Of 1 uo �uonn Chkd. N/A (late N/A Le "o'r A d Nh_ _ Date N A B CS70510321 1 7'i_t 1 1 P.C.P./E.5.9.A.WM i 2 I 3 I 4 + 5 I B NOTES CONNECT BETWEEN SIMILARLY MARKED TERMINALS , A,PS RNRPIAIE RAm CUSTOMER'S CABLES(LINE) A -NPS ETTTLiAE RATm wLm 0 VOLTS.3 PH.&IL HZ CUSTOMER'S CABLES(LINE) nRnIA1EY nIRRS 480 VOLTS.3 PH.at XZ REppLAARQs��TOAARRIr@n��u$ns PSECOHDARY G7NNECTWhSROF dHi 1 IMAR.-ER.111 K CdME0-TO A lOAa IXI m EIIOR-I—EROR AdO r____ __l r____ __T cF�'rnOo���rioinr 111+ PH) I I I3+ 1 I4+ CUSTOMER¢ro-NI ARO 1 1 (�+Y WE E4R.CNI TRANSFORMERS. 1 1CT1 I 3 1 4CT ]4- �-wiT NS) DN fH% 13+ cT xRON mO N THE L Wnrxs I Ell, I p l aRos,mN�roR v opmro rt�r,ON, L---- - L---- --' t3- THE 410RTH TERMINAL eLOrXs r---- --1 r---- --1 (rUs sHMW)atm� I I I I (� W 12+ _ :14+out jN') i i I2+ 1�) I p r------------1 fa 1 D`Y 4cT� ; (rY 2cl 2CT B- I I Iu— n+ L---- mi i---- �� 1CmT R_— — I PDISPL(SULAYIt.MODULE N I to _ ---- DOOR L---------------J lAM) CURRENT INPUTS (REAR VIEW) r- ----- ----- 1 I ri-4-04-W/MOPOWERMONTICIR 3YNEI(MASTTR MODULI) 1 D BUL.1404-DM DISPLAY VOLTAGE INPUTS PONFIE I DISPLAY MODULE MODULE N V2 V3 N -)LI+)OLD ORD N N OR R/4 Y i 1 OO M j I IT + O o S4 EIt 2 aM 1.2 4 I TO BUS I N N 2 Q411LQ3 I E W71% L1 j I 1 7 I i Ll t 3N n+ It+ 1 n- n- Y2 2L2 I 12- M- Va 71.3 i of I 0— o- N ---]4±__]18__1{3_J I t �11 N TO L2 Y2 - u+ 14+ BLIS I 14- M- mi 1 Powermonitor 3000 co sAo ' Lt I lu IFU 2L1 MASTER MODULE i DS aRo F I(BUL 1404—M5/M6) ❑❑+ ® i HTRµS2 I I RS-4115 ENET I N2 I RII en Nn2 • R i I 1 2- �- a-j---- -I H3 Fu _ r��q�1�,�;�-SLY iLJ 1 I X7 X3 X2 N4 1 '-F -I CY" DN aFIXII 'GO TRANS. i - lxI=I 1I 1L7 2L2 _2L] I GL____-----__i II[[1 77 t tlI)TNm 1B ��427�4N - U QOI4 CURING T RRf—.- lUl-2/90 METERING PANEL N I .1 Poror MmRor Tarmindl -R�ml° --I Rnlu xYZ Ral ul and Curtenl 1 - 1.1 Nm Iu 1 1 2 1 St �M. atus n la R54B5 RIO and DeNcdM TORQUE ALL FIELD CONNECTIONS TO THE VALUE SPECIFIED IN THE CUSTOM1� WWINC TORQUE SPECIMATION TABLE ALL FACTORY WPM CONNECTIONS R pr. D0b BEAM 1 a 1 CEO TWMnu1 B • 15 b- 1.7 Nrn HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TORQUED AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED. ift CA1 Tamind 9xks 12 Ib- 1.3 Nm REFER TO 40110-920 FOR FACTORY WIRING TOROUE SPECS In CII&N A A C570553732 • • • • 1 I 2 3 1 { 5 1 5 1 7 1 6 NOTES A TO HORIZONTAL. BUS Lt L2 LS a I i I I I I I I — I I c CB I 1 I I I I I 1 I D T1 T2 13 USER'S OUTGOING LOAD CABLES E F CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECS f10 Load Conneetlone: _ 4— CU AL Ib—h 2.2 Nm _ W AL Ib-1 4.5 Nm W AL 45 lb— 5 Nm 0—4 CU % b h m —4 0 CU AL 129 lb--h m p TORQUE ALL FIELD CONNECTIONS TO THE VALUE SPECIFIED IN THE CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECIFICATION TABLE. ALL FACTORY WIRED CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TORQUE AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED. REFER TO 40110-920 FOR FACTORY WIRING TORQUE SPECS _ Referencesvision —— - 9uL. 2100M Revision s a AB AIINI—Bradley la w pse NiAM 150 AMP "I- FRAME - r n°1enl 1 03 27 06 ,,y p "m eckwoll Antemetlem a'WtOu� Dr. PPEN577B Date 9e 29 5 Sheet t Of I m nu uo�xni mxan�n Chkd. N/A Dale N/A Size oueem1OY1 Appd. N/A Date N/A B I CS70592988 II P.C.P./E.5.9.AWoCAD 1 I 2 3 I 4 + S I 6 I 7 8 NOTES CDNNECT BETWEEN SIMILARLY MARKED TERMINALS 20 R6ER TO DiavE MANUAL LJ_ A Fai.WUAl10M DATA BUS 4a9v L2— Ge HL a�1L1 MFu �20 CB 1 — u LJ IN 2FU HI H4 L At CONT R% FAN 1 6 1 2 T T is POWER POWER 4 FU %1 TRANS. X2 tGRD SM-J FLEX SOFT START XI X2 — TR7 ITS: — D�, MINICAS O/FUS-120 NJ 14: PUMP RUNK". RESET 10. n 72 TJ PUMP START B J pt1 E-STOP PUMP CALL 97 C 4 \ / ——— — POWER FACTOR PUMP FAULT R PUMP OVERTEMP CORRECTION / \ PUMP DVERTEMP I (CAPACITORS 7 11 9 ♦R/ PUMP SEAL FALL L—— ——J T1 M TJ — / ♦ PUMP SEAL FALL _m CR2 G 7R2 RVSS START DELAY \ / MANUAL BYPASS L1 Lx J L1 L2 L.J / ♦ ENABLED CR1 YPA55 SOFTSTART 1C OL gyp EXTERNAL BYPASS CONTACTOR BYP IC T �T2 T3 ISOLATION E IF CONTACTOR SOFT START Ti T2 START SS ^� SOFT START — 1.5�14 RUNNING SS SOFT START 9T MR FAR F OC START COUNTS RIM ELAPSED TIME(HOINNS) BYP \ / R PUMP RUN - -p( PUMP RUN 0 MTR AP OFF�pAC MOTOR DRIVE UTO POWER FACTOR A4B0V/50HP G CORRECTION CAPACITOR CALL o R6 TORQUE ALL E SPECIFICATION CONNECTIONS TO THE L FA SPECF RE N THE CTIONSCUSTOMER _. (�p� am TORWE TORQUEDANNEED ALL FACTORY N7RED CONNECTIONS HARE � REFER PROPERLY TORQUED AND NEED NOT BE CHECKED. — REFER TO 40110-922 FOR FACTORY WIRING TORQUE SPECS ��PUMP FAR CUSTOMER WIRING TORQUE SPECS(:ElmOt ---- --- ne Hon T i - RelerenceaL AD OTT !TARE TYW 1.MAP i R PUMP FAR else sr..ti H M y ,ZELMER Date OS 29 1i 19.Ret 1 d 1 ®E�'CNKM1 Del.os x9 1x ...ea Dem os xR a C570727838 - -i I I � -_-- tm-mil TLRI(3l./w1aG1D • • • • • i 2 1 3 1 . 1 . 1 7 1 --- 01 --------- PANEL—NEUTRAL _------- A `--o 2 5 0, 8 7 i1 \JAB 9 0—� v—o1/ B J---o12 `7-014 1So ^ v---018 17 xt x2 I - -- ----- -I D CIRCUIT BRE MOTHER SIDE OF EACH CIRCUIT IS OFI CONN CTIONS ER F ALSO CONNECTED TO PANEL NEUTRAL. (WHERE SPECWIEO) PANEL NEUTRAL WRIIIE WIRE LIGHTING PANEL SUPPLIED WITH: 7— 20A. — 1 POLE BREAKER(S) BRANCH 1 — 40A. — 2 POLE BREAKER(S) CIRCUIT N v 9— FILLER PLATE(S) D REFER TO MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS FOR CFI PANEL INSTALLATION AND TESTING. CIRCUIT BREAKER BUS References BUL 2193LE SINGLE PHASE LIGHTING PANEL e eon �rw�ian u nE l iA tlA"radloy e eves N 1 .s 12 11 „,�� Reclnrdl �, w^� _ Aatematloa e 11lIK BY a �� Dr. PPEN577B Date 0B 29 5 Sheet 1 Of 1 gum i onn Chkd. N/A Date N A �� suer A d. N/A Date N A 8 CS708205 9 I I I ����—�-- I I F.C.P./E.S.S.Aut.= RPAS-009 Installation, Maintenance, & Repair Series 009 and LF009 Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies Sizes: 1/a' —3° (8—80mm) f WARNING , —• eRead gtis Manual BEFORE using riffs equipment Fannin in read and follow all sahh and use infunrwbon can result in death,serious personal MOM prop" 1 damage,or damage to the equipment 1 3'(80mm)OOBNRS SAFETY Keep antis Manual for fidum reference. FIRST Local building or plumbing codes may require modifications to the information provided. You are required to consult the local building and plumbing codes prior to installation. If this informa- tion is not consistent with local building or plumbing codes,the For Australia and New Zealand,line strainers should be installed local codes should be followed, between the upstream shutoff valve and the inlet of the backflory preventer. Need for Periodic lnspection/Maintenance: This product must be tested periodically in compliance with local codes,but at least Testing once per year or more as service conditions warrant. If installed on afire suppression system,all mechanical checks, For field testing procedure,refer to Watts installation sheets such as alarms and backflow preventers,should be flow tested and IS wwxM/DL IS-TK-9A, IS-TK-99E and 1S TK 99D found on inspected in accordance with NFPA 13 and/or NFPA 25. vrww.watte.com. Corrosive water conditions,and/or unauthorized adjustments or For other repair kits and service parts,refer to our Backflow repair could render the product ineffective for the service intended. Prevention Products Repair Kts&Service Parts price list PL-RP- Regular checking and cleaning of the product's internal components BPD found on www.watte.com. helps assure maximum life and proper product function. For technical assistance,contact your local Watts representative. • Installation Instructions In an area where freezing conditions can occur,Series 009 and Series 009 and LF009 LF009 should be installed above ground in an insulated enclosure. Series 009 and LF009 must be installed in an accessible location Indoors — Figure 1 to facilitate testing and servicing.A discharge line should be piped from the air gap at the relief valve connection making sure that For indoor installations, it is important that the assembly be easily there is adequate drainage.Never pipe the discharge line directly accessible to facilitate testing and servicing.If it Is located in a line into a drainage ditch, sewer or sump.Series 009 and LF009 close to a wall, be sure the test cocks are easy accessible.A drain should never be installed where any part of the unit could become line and air gap(see literature ES-AG/EL/TC)should be piped from submerged in standing water. the relief valve connection as shown,where evidence of discharge will be clearly visible and so that water damage will not occur. Outside - Figure 2 Therefore,never W%.tell in concealed locations. Figure t In an area where freezing conditions do not occur,Series 009 and LF009 can be installed outside.The most satisfactory installation is F4 above ground and should be installed in this manner whenever pos- 2 Ile—3'(&&&0mm)009 I ` s(ble. tl` It is generally recommended that backflow preventers never be Mann placed in pits unless absolutely necessary and then only when approved by local codes.In such cases,a modified pit installation is preferred. rf( — 4 Figure 2 wattsaox so-ern. Meter 1 x Now aysllabla,Walle9ox Insulated Endoaunu% for more intomaaton,awd I " for literature ES-We. Installation, Maintenance, & Repair AP/iS-OC9 Series 009 and LF009 Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies Sizes: '/a" -3" (8-80mm) Read this Manual BEFORE using this equipmerd. Falilum to read and follow all safety and use information cat result in death,serious personal iniur}f,property danow,or damage to the equipment 3'{e0rr�► sar E7Y Keep this Manual for future reference. FIRST Local building or plumbing codes may require modifications to the information provided. You are required to consult the local building and plumbing codes prior to irmtalaticn. If this informa- tion is not consistent with local building or plumbing codes,the For Australia and New Zealand,line stainers should be installed between the upstream shutoff valve a and thee inlet of the backflow local codes should be followed, prevernter. Need for Periodic ktspection/Maintenance: This product must be tested perodicaly in compliance with local codes,but at least Testing once per year or more as service conditions warrant. If installed on a fire suppression system,all mecharucal checks, For field testing procedure, refer to Watts installation sheets such as alarms and backflow preventem,shoula be flow tested and IS-TK-DtbL,IS-TK-9A IS-TK-99E and IS-TK 89C found on inspected in accordance with NFPA 13 and/or NFPA 25. www,w8tboom Corrosive water conditions,and/or unauthorized adjustments or For other repair kits and service parts refer to our Backflow repair could render the product ineffective for the service intended. Prevention Products Repair Kts&Service Parts price list PL-RP- • Regular checking and ceaning of the product's internal components BPD found on www.watts.com. helps assure mardmum Irfe and proper product function. For technical assistance,contact your local Watts representative. Installation Instructions In an area where freezing conditions can occur,Series 009 and Series 009 and LF009 LF009 should be installed above ground in an insulated enclosure. Series 009 and LF009 must be installea in an accessible location Indoors - to Figure 1 to facilitate testing and servicing.A dischargeshould line shld be piped g from the air gap at the relief valve connection making sure that For indoor installations,it is important that the assembiy be easily there is adequate drainage.Never pipe the discharge line directly accessible to facilitate testing and servicing.If it Is ocated in a lire into a drainage dit&, sewer or sump.Series 009 and LF009 close to a wall, be sure the test cocks are easily accessible.A drain should never be installed where any part of the unit could become Ins and air gap(see Uterature ES-AG/EUTC)should be piped from submerged in standing water. the relief valve connection as shown,where evidence of discharge will be clearly visble and so that water damage will no;occur. Outside — Figure 2 Therefore,never irxtall in concealed locations. In an area where keeezing conditions do not occur,Series 009 and Figure 1 LF009 can be installed outside.The most satisfactory installation is f above grouri d and should be installed in this manner whenever pos- 2W—W fII&80mrN 009 I ale. It is generally recommended that badcfiow preventers never be placed in pits unless absolutely necessary and then only when Main approved by local codes. in such cases,a modlfled pit irstallatier is preferred. Rgure 2 Wattsaox Scranar e rw� %4ctff t Now available,Wattadox Irsulatea End"suns, I i b !cr more iMomudiw,send rcr uterarLre Es-We. installation Instructions Pipe fugri size e size of the drain line tram he air gap fitting. Series 009 and LF009 i After initial instaila'ion, a discharge from the relief valve opening may occur due to inadecuate initial flushing of pipe Ines to elimi nate dirt and pipe compounds.If flushing will not clear,remove Parallel — Figure 3 the first check valve and dean thoroughly, TEM Two or more smaller size assemblies can be piped r paalel(when t approved)to save a large supply pipe man.This type of rstailatien is Periodic relief valve discnar> e nay occur on cleat end service employed where increased capacity s needed beyond that provfGed applications,such as baser feed Ines or cooling tower makeup by a single valve and permits testing or servicing of an individual valve Ines due to fluctuating supply pressu2 during a static or no flow w&W shutting down the complete line. cord"rtiai.To avoid tiffs dsci�ar e,install a g siring-loaded rubber The number of assemblies usec in paralle'snould be determined seated check valve ahead of the oacldlow assembly to'lock-in' by the ergineer's judgment based on the operating concitions of a the downstream pressure. spedfic installation. Bacdow pre-enters should rever be placed in pits unless abse- For paralel valve irstallations,the total capacy of tt-e assembles lutety necessary ant then only when and as approved by local should equal or exceed that required by the system. codes. In such cases,provision should be made to always vent above flood level or for a pit drain to ensure an adequate air gap Figure 3 below:he relief port. F. It is important that Series i and LF009 bacKlow preventers be irspectec periodically for any discharge from the relief valve which will provide a visual indication of need for keening or repair of check valves.Also testing for proper operation of the device shook be made pericdicalty in compliance with local codes,but at least once a year or more often,depending upon system con- citions. Retie=veri will discharge water when,durrg no-flow periods,(1; the first check valve is fouled or(2)the inlet pressure to the _3• device drops sufficiently due to upstrei pressure fluctuations to po-90mm)009 affect the required operating differential between the inlet pres- sure and reduced pressu-e zone. Otherwise,such relief(spitting) can occur when the second check is fouled duri•g emergency Annual inspection of ail water system safety and control valves backflow or resutt'nc Iran a water hammer condition,For is required and necessary.Regular inspection,testing and Troubleshooting Guide send for S-TSG. cleaning assures maximum rife and proper product function, st,ttdlZ� Special considerations are necessary when testing assem- Shutoff Valves:Wher shutoff valves are removed and reassem- bliss installed on Fire Prevention Systems. bly is necessary,the shutoff valve with the test cock is:o be Fire Protection System Installations:The National Fire pm"ec- mounted on the inlet side of the backffow preverter. l tion Agar-cy(NFPA)Cx.icelines require a confirming flow test be A. The Cl and LF009 should always be instaled in an accessible j conducted whenever a"main line"valve such as the shutoff location to faciltale testing and servicing;See page 2;.Check valves or a uackflow assembly have been operated.Cert,`ed tes- the state and local codes tc ensure that the backflow pre- ters of backflow assemblies must conduct'ttis confirming tes-. venter is installed in compliance,such as the proper height Figure 4 above the ground. R.her Vnva Ciecnffige aa;es 8. We recommend a strainer be installed ahead of C09 and LF009 t•(f 5-250M)pog series assemblies to profect the internal components from 45 unnecessary fouling. 40 h• r l E 35 w•M2 30 Do not install with strainer when oackflow preventer is used on a 25 1,M2 seldom-used water Ines which are called upon only during 20 emergencies,such as fire sprinkler lines. ,� 15 SW Up:The downstream shutoff should be closed.Open 10 upstream slowly and fill valve.when valve is filed,cper the days,- 5 stream shutoff slo iy and fill the water supply system,-1 s noes 00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 90 90 100150 nary to avoid water hammer or shock damage. zone Presaurs psi C. water discharge from the relief valve should be vented in accor- 11i4"-3"(32-80mm)o00 dance with code requirements.The relef valve should never be ssn stir ly piped into a drainage ditch,sewer or sump,The discharge 300 should be terminated approtomatety,12"above the grourd or o 250 z Mz through an air gap piped to a floor drain. 9 200 s 151) =L=171371JIM a 100 Relief Valve Discharge Rates so The installation cf an air gap With the drain lire terminating above 00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 90 90 100 150 a floor drain will handle any normal discharge or 7u,sarce spit- zone presetee psi ling tnrough the relief valve.However,floor Crain size may need to be designed to prevent water damage caused by a cata- strophic failure condition.Please refer to Figure No.4 for maxi- 21 p mm 55 GPM 5"025 mm 350 Ulm mum relief valve discharge rates,size and capacity of typical 3" mm 112(7hI 6"050 mm 450 GPM flow drains. 4"0 00 mm)17Q GM 8" mm)760 GPM 2 Servicing the Relief Valve • Series 009 and LF009 Be"t Module ModuN embly 1/4" — .3" (8—80mm) Tod Co$hock Cook No.3 TW�No.4 1. Remove the four or six reief valve cover bolts while holding thecover down. 2. Lift the cover straight off.The stem and diaphragm assembly will normally remain with the cover as it is removed.The relief valve spring will be free inside the body at this point. 3. The relief valve seat is located at the bottom of the body bore, and can be removed,if necessary,for cleaning.The disc can be Rrst R.P.Zone cleaned without disassembly of the reief valve module.If it is Modu determined that the relief valve diaphragm and/or disc should be Reaervawe replaced,the relief valve module can be readily disassembled Asseff" r outlet without the use of special tools.NOTE:The disc rubber is mold- ed into the disc holder and is supplied as a disc holder assembly. 4, To reassemble the relief valve,press the seat firmly into place In Row Tube o-ring the body,center the spring on the seat,and insert the cover and relief valve module as a unit straight Into the bore. Press down on the cover to assure proper alignment.Insert and tighten bolts. Cover C-ring .Lram Diaphragm It cover will not press flat against body,stem assembly is crooked and damage can result.Realign stem and cover before Stem bolts are inserted. 46E°ply e NOTE:No special tools required to service Series 009 21/2"—3' x ���� (65—80mm). spring seat Test Cock No.2 Test Cock No.3 Test Cock No.4 Seat 0-ring 0 0 nrst As4Check Servicing First & Second '°' aeaw Chord Check Module Assembly waterouttet Assembly Check Valves Series 009 and LF009 e tr t/4" —3" (8—80mm) Cow 1. Remove the relief valve assembly as outlined on page 3. Cow o""g 2. Remove the retainer from the body bore.The check valve mod- ules can now be removed from the valve by hand or with a Diaphragm screwdriver. NOTE:The seats and springs of the first and second check qem SOlaphragm modules are not interchangeable.The heavier spring and smaller ebh diameter seat belong with the first check module. 48 3. The check seats are attached to the cage with a bayonet type R°ftir°' locking arrangement.Holdirg the cage in one hand,push the Sam seat inward and rotate counterclockwise against the cage.The Sale o-Wg seat,spring cage,sprirg and disc assembly are now individual components. 4. The disc assembly may now be cleaned and reassembled or, depandng on its condition,may be discarded and replaced with a new assembly from the repair kit.O-rings should be cleaned or eody replaced as necessary and lightly greased with the FDA approved silicon grease.For more Information refer to repair parts price list PL-RP-SPD. 5. Reassemble the check valve modules.Check modules are installed in the valve body with the seat facing the valve inlet.The For r kits and parts,refer to our modules must be securely in place before the retainer can be t7 replaced.Replace relief valve assembly. Prevention Products Rapair Kits&Service Parts price list PL-RP-BPD found on wrtwxnAt&z=. NOTE:No special tools required to service Series 009 21h"-3' (65-80mm) 3 Servicing First & Second Check Valves `'hatl"ftser�ilclles Series 009 and LF009 — '/a" - 3" (8 - 80mm) CHECK ASSEMBLY N'M3 CHECK ASSEMBLY 1'-2'(25-50mm) Semit \ /97" \ 0-ring Check seat ChscK Gage 0-*g �Die�ctly ; f ar clogs seal Q A� . D spring D ac Ascembty Seat Disc Spring Seat D-nrq Cover CHECK ASSEMBLY'k'-'/' O-ring Reliefva" Iniectlm Molded Stainless Steel Assi Acetw Resin Scnng -*\k* Ftuier � P valve Module ' ,.� /� Flow Tu be 4-1 O-ring Sea+ /r�// Cove.O-ping 0 1st Check Silicone Seal Module �N Retainer 0 � � a Body 0 houbi_esho"ng Guide • For repair kits and parts,refer to our BackService Parts 1.Check valve fails to hold a.Debris on check disc Disassemble and dean Prevention Products Repair on 8 S.wet Parts 1.0 PSID minimum sealing surface pace list PL-RP-BPD found on tuvlfw.tAratts.com. f19 b.leaking isolation valve Disassemble and dean or repair Watts reserves the right to change or modify product design,construction,specileatlons,or materials without seat Damaged seat disc a Disassemble and replace prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make seat° such changes and modfications on Watts products d.Darnaged guide holding Disassemble and Clean or previously or subsequently sold. check open replace e.Weak or broken spring Disassemble and repi spring 2,Chatter during flow a.Worn,damaged or Disassemble and repair conditions defective guide or replace guide 3.Low Flows passing a.Mainline check fouled Disassemble and clean through mainline valve b.Meter strainer plugged Disassemble and clean WARNING:Tills product contains chemicals lehown to the e.Damaged mainfine seat Disassemble and replace State of Callomia to cause cancer and birth defects or disc or seat other reproductive harm. Far more information:www watts corn/propE5 d.Broken mairdine sprier, I Disassemble and replace Llrelli Worrell Watts Regulator Co.(Vie`Comperryr'}warrai each pmcuct W be free tram defects in material and workmanship under normal usage for a period of one year from the date of original shipment. 'n the evert of such defects within to warranty oenod,the Company will,at its option,replace or recondition the product without charge. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN IS GPM W'IESSLY AND IS THE ONLY WARRANTY GIVEN NY THE COMPANY WTTN RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. THE COwANY MAKES No OTHER WARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR RNPLIM. TIE MIMPARY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES,DLP+iM OR MRiED,IKLU1OF IG BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE INOPLIED WARRANTIES OF MEM INARTABrITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTIGILM PURPOSE he remedy described in the first paragraph of It is warranty shall mnstiL.te the sale and eatlusive remedy for breach of warranty,and the Cwwy shall not x responsi;le tpr ay incidental,s0emal or ccnsequentaf damages,Including*Rout'imitation,Ion[prM or the cost of recairfng or replacing other property xhkh Is damaged if this pmcuct dces nut wrk property,cdher coats resvtdrg iron'abor charges,delays,vartdalsm,negligence,fouling caused by foreign material,damage from adverse water con4tlone,chemip),cr airy oter crsunst rnees aver which the C irvany ias^o contrd. Ts war'anty shell be InvaiMated by any;hose,misuse,mtsappllcatbn,kri iraper heat Wljcn or Improper mainterence or altenaVen of The product Scme States do not allow lkrhatiens on how long an rri warranty lasts,and sane Sets do not allow the exclusion or Imitation of mcide ltal or consecuental camagea Therefore tone above limitations may not apply to you. This limited Warranty gives you specflc legal fights,and you may have awaer rlysta riat vary from State to Sli you shtxdd corsult apolicabla state laws to determine your rghts. SO FAR AS IS CONSISTENT WITH APPLICABLE STATE UAW,ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES THAT MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED,INCLUDING LUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCKWAREM AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,ARE LMM IN DURATION TO ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ORIGINAL SHI MENT. me poi-Z008 • r:ERTrF1E A Watts Water Technologies Company U&A Tel:(978)688-1811•Fax:(978)784-1848•wuvw.watts.com Canada:Tel:(gli 332-4090•Fax(906)332-7068•www.watts.ca RPAS-009 1319 EDP#1911300 C 2013 Watts HYDRANTS _.._ --__ -- ---______ _ __-_ ZL4w Z1365 GROUND KMRANT Parts Assembly,Parts List, and Operating Rod Assemblies Z7365 Parts Assembly +z I n +e --� 14 4 5 7 y I 9 _ 17 10 l +c to 1A Z1365 Parts List Nam Bescriptioe Part No. 1A Head-1-1/4"Hose Connection 1 25518-003 18 Head-1-1/2"Hose Connection 1 25518-002 z • 1 C Head-2"Hose Connection 1 25518-001 2 Casing 1 25515-M 15 3 Valve Housing 1 25517-003 9 4 Face Nut 1 25505-001 18 '5 Operating Screw 1 25506-001 '6 Ming 1 23750-037 B' ) '7 Operating Coupling 1 25507-001 8 Operating Rod 1 25515-700( 3 9 Washer Guide 1 31436-001 *10 Washer 1 25520-001 *11 Screw#10-24 NC 1 14853-042 '12 Key 1 11600-001 13 Locking Pin Momlting 1 25514-001 Operating Rod Assembles 14 Locking Pin 1 25513-001 2'Bury 20-117 Operating Rod 15 Kings Pin 2 45553-010 �— 16 Locknut 1 29895-001 3'Bury 32-1/2" I Assembly Length '17 O-Ring 2 23750-040 4'Bury 44-1/2" 18 Hydrant Cover 1 25511-001 5'Bury 56-1/2" 19 Hydrant Body 1 25512-001 6'Bury 68-1/2" '20 Removable Seat 1 25510-001 7'Bury 80-1/2" 21A 1-1/2"x 2"Bushing 1 23471-007 8'Bury 92-1/2" 21B 1-1/4"x 2"Bushing 1 23471-009 'Items are available in-RK Repair Kit Option bag(#66955-200-9)- 2MMM PLBM98Y6 PROM=MUM SPECIRCARON DRM16E OPERATION,1801 ATISEWHAWNE,,ERIE,PA 16502 ROEBI4/455-0921 FAX 8141454-7829 WEBSITE wmxrym,cam • Page 66 Z1365 GROUND HYDRANT Troubleshooting Guide Z13M Troubleshooting Guide PROBLEM CAUSE SOLLMON Hydrant wig not operate when turned on. Water supply is shut aff. Turn an water supply. Cannot turn the hydrant on with key. Hydrant hasn't been used for a long time—D-Ring Follow steps 1-2.4.and 7-8 of the Service Guide. has adhered to the operating screw and head. Water does not shut off mmpletety when Debris between seat and washer. Follow steps 1-3 and 6-8 of the Service Guide. hydrant is turned off. Clcem by tuming water supply on and&A hydrant Washer is wom out. Follow steps 1-3 and 5-8 of the Service Guide. Wire draw in seat. Replace seat, Water is flowing out of the hydrant drainage Washer guide 0•Rtngs are broken or missing. Follow A"1-3 and 5-8 of the Service elide. port when the hydrant is turned on. Hydrant exhibits low flow. Water supply to hydrant is restricted. Check water supply to ensure that all upstream valves are My open. • 2gMPLf/MfdM FROM r$It7raW 99Ea%1ndND1 MVMOI MTVN,16VI P7731%WWAbMf,,60 PA J&V2 PrOW81"M- 2f bar.-af~-7IMS M%VrE•wwwmm.cow Page 67 HYDRANTS -- _ ZURN. • Z1365 GROUND HYDRANT Service Guide Z1365 Service Guide Step 1: Shutting Off the Water Supply to the Hydrant Step 5: Replacing the Hydrant Shutoff Washer and Washer Guide 0-Rings Locate the supply shut-off valve and rotate urtil water supply Is off. Remove 410-24 NC x 3/8 screw(11)using a flat screwdriver and a,ming screw(11)counterclockwise,remove washer(10)and replace with new Step 2: Removing the Face Nut and Adjacent components washer(10)and new screw(11;turning screw clockwise until tight.Remove Using crescent wrench or 1-1/2 inch open-end wrench,remove the face nut old 0-Rings(17)and replace w-th new 0-Rings 07).(Note:Lubricate the (4)from head(1)by turning countercfocKwlse. 0-Rings(17)with Lubriplate FGL-2 if reeded.) Step 3: Removing the Internal Operating Assembly Step 6: Replacing the Irdernal Operating Assembly The internal operating assembly(5-11 and 17)can be removed by gripping There is a flat or a y-notched boss inside of the hydrant head(1)that keeps the square and of the operating screw(5)with a pair of pliers and pulling the operating coupling(7)from rotating when hydrant is tumed on and off. Wight out. With operating screw(5)turned counterclockwise Into operating coupling If the operating screw O-Ring was not the reason for service—skip to step 5. (7)until it stops,.and making sure that a flat side or comer of operating Stop 4: Replacing the Operating Screw 0-Ring coupling(7)lines up with appropriate boss,reinsert the Intemal operating Remove the operating screw(5)from operating coupling m by turning assembly into the hydrant. clockwise and slip the old 0-Ring(6)off,and replace with new 0-Ring(6). Step 7: Replacing the Face Nut Reinstall operating screw(5)into operating coupling M by turning counter- Insert face nut(4)into head(1),and rotate clockwise until hand tight,then clockwise.(Note:Lubricate the operating screw(5)threads and the 0-Ring using a crescent wrench or 1-1 i2 inch open end wrench,snug nut(4)tight. (6)with Lubripiate FGL-2 if needed.) Step& Turning on the Water Supply If the hydrant shutoff washer and washer guide 0-Rings were not the Locate the water supply shut-off valve and rotate urrtil water supply is on. reason for service—skip to step 8. • "N PUAHBUIG PRODUCTS GROUP SPEORCOCIN DRAINAGE OPERATION,1801 PffTMMAVENUE,ERIE,PA 16502 PHONE 814 455-0921 FAX:819/454-7929 WEBSITE K muzum.cam • Page 68 HYDRANTS ZURN. • Z1385 POST HYDRANT Parts Assembly, Parts List,and Operating Rod Assemblies Z1385 Parts Assembly 12 �-- 1t � 1A 1B • 14 15 j: Z1385 Parts List Ram Description lily Par No. 1A Head-3/4"Hose Connection 1 25325-001 1 B Head-1"Hose Connection 1 25326-001 2 Casing 1 50270-XXX 3A Valve Housing-3/4"Female NPT Inlet 1 25324-003 t8 3B Valle Housing-1"Female NPT Inlet 1 25324-004 4 Face Nut 1 22156-002 7 '5 Operating Screw 1 25049-001 7A 3B '6 O-Ring 1 23750-028 '7 Operating Coupling 1 25147-001 8 Operating Rod 1 25328-X0( 9 Washer Guide 1 25323-001 Operating Rod Assemblies '10 Washer 1 23075-001 *11 Screw#10-24 NC 1 14853-042 2'Bury 54 1/4" Bury 66-1l4° Ooerarng Rca 3'B `12 Key 1 59546-001 �—Assembly Length *13 0-Ring 2 23750-036 4'Btuy 78-1/4" 14 Casing Guard 2 31769-002 5'Buy 90-1/4" 15 Casing Guard Setscrew 2 18006-045 6'Buy 102-1/4" '17 Removable seat 1 25262-001 7'Bury 114-1/4" 18 Screw#10-24 NC 4 14853-044 8'Bury 126-1/4" 'Items are available in-RK Repair Kit Option bag(#66955-204-9). 9'B 138 1/4" 10'Bury 150-1/4" ZURH PU49ING PROOUGTS 6BWP SPEOFICATfGM O/i4W4GE OPERAT70,V, '801 Pf 758r4iGNAVENUE,ERIE,PA 16502 NOW 8141455-0921 FAX.8141454-79A WEBSfTE:www.zum mm • Page 7? HYDRANTS Z1385 POST HYDRANT Troubleshooting Guide Z1385 Troubleshooting Guide PROBLEM CAUSE SOLUTION Hydrant will not operate when turned on. Water supply is shut off. Turn on water supply. Cannct turn the hydrant on with key. Hydrant hasn't been used for a long time—0-Ring Fellow steps 1-2,4,and 7-8 of the Service Guide. has adhered to the operating screw and head. Water does not shut off completely when Debris between seat and washer. Follow steps 1-3 and 6-8 of the Service Guide. hydrant Is turned of. Clean by turning water supply,on and flush hydrant. Washer Is wom out. Fol low steps 1-3 and 5-8 of the Service Guide. Wire draw in seat Replace seat. Water is flowing out of the hydrant drainage Washer guide O-Rtngs are broken or missing. Follow steps 1-3 and 5-8 of the Service Guide. port when the hydrant Is turned on. Hydrant eld*b low flow. Water supply to hydrant is restrictec. CF ec- water supply to ensure that all upstream valves ars fully cper. Z1385 POST HYDRANT Service Guide Z1385 Service Guide Step 1: Shutting Oft the Watar Supply to the Hydrant Step 5: Replacing the Hydrant ShtlW Washer and Washer Guide 0-Rings Locate the supply shut-off valve and rotate until Water supply is off. Remove 1f10-24 NC x&8 screw(11)using a flat screwdriver and turning Step 2: Removing the Face Nut and Adjacent Components screw(11)counterc ise,remove washer(10)and replace with new Using crescent wrench or 1-112 inch men-end ,vrerck remove tie face nut washer(10)and new screw(11)turning screw duckwise until tight Remove (4)from head(1)by turning couterclodi old 0-Rings(13)and replace With new OAngs(13).(Nate;Lubricate the 0-Rings(13)with Lubripate FGL-2 if needed.) Step 3: Removing the Internal Operating Assembly Step 6: Replacing the Internal Operating Assembly The internal operating assembly(5-11 and 13)can be removed by gripping There is a flat or a V notched bass inside of the hydrant head(1}tfnat keeps the square end of the operating screw(5)with a pair of pliers and pulling the operating co (7)from rotating when hydrant is turned on anc off. stratgnt o� pl�ng With operating screw(5)turnec counterdodarise irto operating coupling y the operating screw 0-3ing was not the reason for service-sk p to step 5. ,7)until it stops,and making sure that a flat side or corner of operating Stop 4: Replacing the Operating Screw 0-Ring coupling(7)lines up with appropriate Doss,reirsert the internal operating Remove the operating screw(5)from operating coupling(7)by turning assembly into the hydrant. clockwise and slip the old 0-Ring(6)off,and replace with new 0-Ring(6). Step 7: Replacing the Face Nut Reins:aii operating screw(5)into operating coupling(7)by turnirg counter- Insert face nut(4)into head(1),and rotate clockwise umtil hand tight,then clockwse.(Note: Lubricate the operating screw(5)threads and the 0-Ring using a crescent wrench or 1-1,1*2 inch open end wrench,snug nut(4)tight, (6)with Lubnplate FGL-2 if needed•) Step B: Turning On the Water Supply If the hydrant shutoff washer and washer guide 0-Rings were nut the Locate the water supply sirit-otf valve and rotate until water supply is on. reason for service-skip to s*p 8. • LtAINP[rRd81NGPAOWlCT5sii0tlr SPEGlFTATGMIJRA6V4GE PER4TTL41,18C1P1TF5&dW-,4AVEAf,F,ERCPA W2.WIONE8141456-0921 FAX 6141454-W9 MWtE www2=corn page79 HYDRANTS - • 21385 POST HYDRANT 3/4' Hose Connection Chart and Graph Z13M Post H"raM- 3/4'Hose ConneLtor statle Rowing Idd Running Outlet Pressure Drop Preewre Preswre Preswre flow Rate Across Unit (A 04 (un WO) 081) 10 5.2 0.2 5.1 4.9 20 13.8 2.0 8.3 11.8 30 22.2 3.7 i0.6 18.5 40 31.0 5.6 12.5 25.4 50 39.3 7.3 14.1 32.0 60 47.0 9.0 15.4 38.0 70 58.7 12.3 17.2 46A 80 67.0 14.2 18.4 52.7 90 74.3 15.8 19.4 58.5 100 a ftsseare Drop Across Unit(psi) 585 rxF1• s a.""•�� ` ' ,tir"c t a... 1r ;,. �.� 19.4 $ t� 38.0 17.2 . .1 50 32.0 254 a 154 f �. .?• f8� t 5 • F •i�� 1� ii.g yp - .:>,.- ..v.t :P' ;j: .�{ a "L4 • r�.'�. .:�,.e .p.,.4 ry tJw y,^ ro� 1Y� ,,. Y..1` �� 1 f1 .y a` y fR •.� .�� �J y� �wl7QlQ lift"•'1 �'. f� 58.3 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 static infer Pressure(pso ,VJRN PLIlM81NG PROGUGTS GROUP,WIHCAiiON DRABWGE 0FEPo7I70N,18'J%°1?75BURGN AYE.i'UE,cR1f,°A tfi502 P!f0A�E 814ia55-792' FAX'8141454-n2g WUMTE:NWWZUrn=R • Page 80